Search Results

Search found 6079 results on 244 pages for 'power law'.

Page 243/244 | < Previous Page | 239 240 241 242 243 244  | Next Page >

  • The Incremental Architect&acute;s Napkin &ndash; #3 &ndash; Make Evolvability inevitable

    - by Ralf Westphal
    Originally posted on: http://geekswithblogs.net/theArchitectsNapkin/archive/2014/06/04/the-incremental-architectacutes-napkin-ndash-3-ndash-make-evolvability-inevitable.aspxThe easier something to measure the more likely it will be produced. Deviations between what is and what should be can be readily detected. That´s what automated acceptance tests are for. That´s what sprint reviews in Scrum are for. It´s no small wonder our software looks like it looks. It has all the traits whose conformance with requirements can easily be measured. And it´s lacking traits which cannot easily be measured. Evolvability (or Changeability) is such a trait. If an operation is correct, if an operation if fast enough, that can be checked very easily. But whether Evolvability is high or low, that cannot be checked by taking a measure or two. Evolvability might correlate with certain traits, e.g. number of lines of code (LOC) per function or Cyclomatic Complexity or test coverage. But there is no threshold value signalling “evolvability too low”; also Evolvability is hardly tangible for the customer. Nevertheless Evolvability is of great importance - at least in the long run. You can get away without much of it for a short time. Eventually, though, it´s needed like any other requirement. Or even more. Because without Evolvability no other requirement can be implemented. Evolvability is the foundation on which all else is build. Such fundamental importance is in stark contrast with its immeasurability. To compensate this, Evolvability must be put at the very center of software development. It must become the hub around everything else revolves. Since we cannot measure Evolvability, though, we cannot start watching it more. Instead we need to establish practices to keep it high (enough) at all times. Chefs have known that for long. That´s why everybody in a restaurant kitchen is constantly seeing after cleanliness. Hygiene is important as is to have clean tools at standardized locations. Only then the health of the patrons can be guaranteed and production efficiency is constantly high. Still a kitchen´s level of cleanliness is easier to measure than software Evolvability. That´s why important practices like reviews, pair programming, or TDD are not enough, I guess. What we need to keep Evolvability in focus and high is… to continually evolve. Change must not be something to avoid but too embrace. To me that means the whole change cycle from requirement analysis to delivery needs to be gone through more often. Scrum´s sprints of 4, 2 even 1 week are too long. Kanban´s flow of user stories across is too unreliable; it takes as long as it takes. Instead we should fix the cycle time at 2 days max. I call that Spinning. No increment must take longer than from this morning until tomorrow evening to finish. Then it should be acceptance checked by the customer (or his/her representative, e.g. a Product Owner). For me there are several resasons for such a fixed and short cycle time for each increment: Clear expectations Absolute estimates (“This will take X days to complete.”) are near impossible in software development as explained previously. Too much unplanned research and engineering work lurk in every feature. And then pervasive interruptions of work by peers and management. However, the smaller the scope the better our absolute estimates become. That´s because we understand better what really are the requirements and what the solution should look like. But maybe more importantly the shorter the timespan the more we can control how we use our time. So much can happen over the course of a week and longer timespans. But if push comes to shove I can block out all distractions and interruptions for a day or possibly two. That´s why I believe we can give rough absolute estimates on 3 levels: Noon Tonight Tomorrow Think of a meeting with a Product Owner at 8:30 in the morning. If she asks you, how long it will take you to implement a user story or bug fix, you can say, “It´ll be fixed by noon.”, or you can say, “I can manage to implement it until tonight before I leave.”, or you can say, “You´ll get it by tomorrow night at latest.” Yes, I believe all else would be naive. If you´re not confident to get something done by tomorrow night (some 34h from now) you just cannot reliably commit to any timeframe. That means you should not promise anything, you should not even start working on the issue. So when estimating use these four categories: Noon, Tonight, Tomorrow, NoClue - with NoClue meaning the requirement needs to be broken down further so each aspect can be assigned to one of the first three categories. If you like absolute estimates, here you go. But don´t do deep estimates. Don´t estimate dozens of issues; don´t think ahead (“Issue A is a Tonight, then B will be a Tomorrow, after that it´s C as a Noon, finally D is a Tonight - that´s what I´ll do this week.”). Just estimate so Work-in-Progress (WIP) is 1 for everybody - plus a small number of buffer issues. To be blunt: Yes, this makes promises impossible as to what a team will deliver in terms of scope at a certain date in the future. But it will give a Product Owner a clear picture of what to pull for acceptance feedback tonight and tomorrow. Trust through reliability Our trade is lacking trust. Customers don´t trust software companies/departments much. Managers don´t trust developers much. I find that perfectly understandable in the light of what we´re trying to accomplish: delivering software in the face of uncertainty by means of material good production. Customers as well as managers still expect software development to be close to production of houses or cars. But that´s a fundamental misunderstanding. Software development ist development. It´s basically research. As software developers we´re constantly executing experiments to find out what really provides value to users. We don´t know what they need, we just have mediated hypothesises. That´s why we cannot reliably deliver on preposterous demands. So trust is out of the window in no time. If we switch to delivering in short cycles, though, we can regain trust. Because estimates - explicit or implicit - up to 32 hours at most can be satisfied. I´d say: reliability over scope. It´s more important to reliably deliver what was promised then to cover a lot of requirement area. So when in doubt promise less - but deliver without delay. Deliver on scope (Functionality and Quality); but also deliver on Evolvability, i.e. on inner quality according to accepted principles. Always. Trust will be the reward. Less complexity of communication will follow. More goodwill buffer will follow. So don´t wait for some Kanban board to show you, that flow can be improved by scheduling smaller stories. You don´t need to learn that the hard way. Just start with small batch sizes of three different sizes. Fast feedback What has been finished can be checked for acceptance. Why wait for a sprint of several weeks to end? Why let the mental model of the issue and its solution dissipate? If you get final feedback after one or two weeks, you hardly remember what you did and why you did it. Resoning becomes hard. But more importantly youo probably are not in the mood anymore to go back to something you deemed done a long time ago. It´s boring, it´s frustrating to open up that mental box again. Learning is harder the longer it takes from event to feedback. Effort can be wasted between event (finishing an issue) and feedback, because other work might go in the wrong direction based on false premises. Checking finished issues for acceptance is the most important task of a Product Owner. It´s even more important than planning new issues. Because as long as work started is not released (accepted) it´s potential waste. So before starting new work better make sure work already done has value. By putting the emphasis on acceptance rather than planning true pull is established. As long as planning and starting work is more important, it´s a push process. Accept a Noon issue on the same day before leaving. Accept a Tonight issue before leaving today or first thing tomorrow morning. Accept a Tomorrow issue tomorrow night before leaving or early the day after tomorrow. After acceptance the developer(s) can start working on the next issue. Flexibility As if reliability/trust and fast feedback for less waste weren´t enough economic incentive, there is flexibility. After each issue the Product Owner can change course. If on Monday morning feature slices A, B, C, D, E were important and A, B, C were scheduled for acceptance by Monday evening and Tuesday evening, the Product Owner can change her mind at any time. Maybe after A got accepted she asks for continuation with D. But maybe, just maybe, she has gotten a completely different idea by then. Maybe she wants work to continue on F. And after B it´s neither D nor E, but G. And after G it´s D. With Spinning every 32 hours at latest priorities can be changed. And nothing is lost. Because what got accepted is of value. It provides an incremental value to the customer/user. Or it provides internal value to the Product Owner as increased knowledge/decreased uncertainty. I find such reactivity over commitment economically very benefical. Why commit a team to some workload for several weeks? It´s unnecessary at beast, and inflexible and wasteful at worst. If we cannot promise delivery of a certain scope on a certain date - which is what customers/management usually want -, we can at least provide them with unpredecented flexibility in the face of high uncertainty. Where the path is not clear, cannot be clear, make small steps so you´re able to change your course at any time. Premature completion Customers/management are used to premeditating budgets. They want to know exactly how much to pay for a certain amount of requirements. That´s understandable. But it does not match with the nature of software development. We should know that by now. Maybe there´s somewhere in the world some team who can consistently deliver on scope, quality, and time, and budget. Great! Congratulations! I, however, haven´t seen such a team yet. Which does not mean it´s impossible, but I think it´s nothing I can recommend to strive for. Rather I´d say: Don´t try this at home. It might hurt you one way or the other. However, what we can do, is allow customers/management stop work on features at any moment. With spinning every 32 hours a feature can be declared as finished - even though it might not be completed according to initial definition. I think, progress over completion is an important offer software development can make. Why think in terms of completion beyond a promise for the next 32 hours? Isn´t it more important to constantly move forward? Step by step. We´re not running sprints, we´re not running marathons, not even ultra-marathons. We´re in the sport of running forever. That makes it futile to stare at the finishing line. The very concept of a burn-down chart is misleading (in most cases). Whoever can only think in terms of completed requirements shuts out the chance for saving money. The requirements for a features mostly are uncertain. So how does a Product Owner know in the first place, how much is needed. Maybe more than specified is needed - which gets uncovered step by step with each finished increment. Maybe less than specified is needed. After each 4–32 hour increment the Product Owner can do an experient (or invite users to an experiment) if a particular trait of the software system is already good enough. And if so, she can switch the attention to a different aspect. In the end, requirements A, B, C then could be finished just 70%, 80%, and 50%. What the heck? It´s good enough - for now. 33% money saved. Wouldn´t that be splendid? Isn´t that a stunning argument for any budget-sensitive customer? You can save money and still get what you need? Pull on practices So far, in addition to more trust, more flexibility, less money spent, Spinning led to “doing less” which also means less code which of course means higher Evolvability per se. Last but not least, though, I think Spinning´s short acceptance cycles have one more effect. They excert pull-power on all sorts of practices known for increasing Evolvability. If, for example, you believe high automated test coverage helps Evolvability by lowering the fear of inadverted damage to a code base, why isn´t 90% of the developer community practicing automated tests consistently? I think, the answer is simple: Because they can do without. Somehow they manage to do enough manual checks before their rare releases/acceptance checks to ensure good enough correctness - at least in the short term. The same goes for other practices like component orientation, continuous build/integration, code reviews etc. None of that is compelling, urgent, imperative. Something else always seems more important. So Evolvability principles and practices fall through the cracks most of the time - until a project hits a wall. Then everybody becomes desperate; but by then (re)gaining Evolvability has become as very, very difficult and tedious undertaking. Sometimes up to the point where the existence of a project/company is in danger. With Spinning that´s different. If you´re practicing Spinning you cannot avoid all those practices. With Spinning you very quickly realize you cannot deliver reliably even on your 32 hour promises. Spinning thus is pulling on developers to adopt principles and practices for Evolvability. They will start actively looking for ways to keep their delivery rate high. And if not, management will soon tell them to do that. Because first the Product Owner then management will notice an increasing difficulty to deliver value within 32 hours. There, finally there emerges a way to measure Evolvability: The more frequent developers tell the Product Owner there is no way to deliver anything worth of feedback until tomorrow night, the poorer Evolvability is. Don´t count the “WTF!”, count the “No way!” utterances. In closing For sustainable software development we need to put Evolvability first. Functionality and Quality must not rule software development but be implemented within a framework ensuring (enough) Evolvability. Since Evolvability cannot be measured easily, I think we need to put software development “under pressure”. Software needs to be changed more often, in smaller increments. Each increment being relevant to the customer/user in some way. That does not mean each increment is worthy of shipment. It´s sufficient to gain further insight from it. Increments primarily serve the reduction of uncertainty, not sales. Sales even needs to be decoupled from this incremental progress. No more promises to sales. No more delivery au point. Rather sales should look at a stream of accepted increments (or incremental releases) and scoup from that whatever they find valuable. Sales and marketing need to realize they should work on what´s there, not what might be possible in the future. But I digress… In my view a Spinning cycle - which is not easy to reach, which requires practice - is the core practice to compensate the immeasurability of Evolvability. From start to finish of each issue in 32 hours max - that´s the challenge we need to accept if we´re serious increasing Evolvability. Fortunately higher Evolvability is not the only outcome of Spinning. Customer/management will like the increased flexibility and “getting more bang for the buck”.

    Read the article

  • Using TPL and PLINQ to raise performance of feed aggregator

    - by DigiMortal
    In this posting I will show you how to use Task Parallel Library (TPL) and PLINQ features to boost performance of simple RSS-feed aggregator. I will use here only very basic .NET classes that almost every developer starts from when learning parallel programming. Of course, we will also measure how every optimization affects performance of feed aggregator. Feed aggregator Our feed aggregator works as follows: Load list of blogs Download RSS-feed Parse feed XML Add new posts to database Our feed aggregator is run by task scheduler after every 15 minutes by example. We will start our journey with serial implementation of feed aggregator. Second step is to use task parallelism and parallelize feeds downloading and parsing. And our last step is to use data parallelism to parallelize database operations. We will use Stopwatch class to measure how much time it takes for aggregator to download and insert all posts from all registered blogs. After every run we empty posts table in database. Serial aggregation Before doing parallel stuff let’s take a look at serial implementation of feed aggregator. All tasks happen one after other. internal class FeedClient {     private readonly INewsService _newsService;     private const int FeedItemContentMaxLength = 255;       public FeedClient()     {          ObjectFactory.Initialize(container =>          {              container.PullConfigurationFromAppConfig = true;          });           _newsService = ObjectFactory.GetInstance<INewsService>();     }       public void Execute()     {         var blogs = _newsService.ListPublishedBlogs();           for (var index = 0; index <blogs.Count; index++)         {              ImportFeed(blogs[index]);         }     }       private void ImportFeed(BlogDto blog)     {         if(blog == null)             return;         if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(blog.RssUrl))             return;           var uri = new Uri(blog.RssUrl);         SyndicationContentFormat feedFormat;           feedFormat = SyndicationDiscoveryUtility.SyndicationContentFormatGet(uri);           if (feedFormat == SyndicationContentFormat.Rss)             ImportRssFeed(blog);         if (feedFormat == SyndicationContentFormat.Atom)             ImportAtomFeed(blog);                 }       private void ImportRssFeed(BlogDto blog)     {         var uri = new Uri(blog.RssUrl);         var feed = RssFeed.Create(uri);           foreach (var item in feed.Channel.Items)         {             SaveRssFeedItem(item, blog.Id, blog.CreatedById);         }     }       private void ImportAtomFeed(BlogDto blog)     {         var uri = new Uri(blog.RssUrl);         var feed = AtomFeed.Create(uri);           foreach (var item in feed.Entries)         {             SaveAtomFeedEntry(item, blog.Id, blog.CreatedById);         }     } } Serial implementation of feed aggregator downloads and inserts all posts with 25.46 seconds. Task parallelism Task parallelism means that separate tasks are run in parallel. You can find out more about task parallelism from MSDN page Task Parallelism (Task Parallel Library) and Wikipedia page Task parallelism. Although finding parts of code that can run safely in parallel without synchronization issues is not easy task we are lucky this time. Feeds import and parsing is perfect candidate for parallel tasks. We can safely parallelize feeds import because importing tasks doesn’t share any resources and therefore they don’t also need any synchronization. After getting the list of blogs we iterate through the collection and start new TPL task for each blog feed aggregation. internal class FeedClient {     private readonly INewsService _newsService;     private const int FeedItemContentMaxLength = 255;       public FeedClient()     {          ObjectFactory.Initialize(container =>          {              container.PullConfigurationFromAppConfig = true;          });           _newsService = ObjectFactory.GetInstance<INewsService>();     }       public void Execute()     {         var blogs = _newsService.ListPublishedBlogs();                var tasks = new Task[blogs.Count];           for (var index = 0; index <blogs.Count; index++)         {             tasks[index] = new Task(ImportFeed, blogs[index]);             tasks[index].Start();         }           Task.WaitAll(tasks);     }       private void ImportFeed(object blogObject)     {         if(blogObject == null)             return;         var blog = (BlogDto)blogObject;         if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(blog.RssUrl))             return;           var uri = new Uri(blog.RssUrl);         SyndicationContentFormat feedFormat;           feedFormat = SyndicationDiscoveryUtility.SyndicationContentFormatGet(uri);           if (feedFormat == SyndicationContentFormat.Rss)             ImportRssFeed(blog);         if (feedFormat == SyndicationContentFormat.Atom)             ImportAtomFeed(blog);                }       private void ImportRssFeed(BlogDto blog)     {          var uri = new Uri(blog.RssUrl);          var feed = RssFeed.Create(uri);           foreach (var item in feed.Channel.Items)          {              SaveRssFeedItem(item, blog.Id, blog.CreatedById);          }     }     private void ImportAtomFeed(BlogDto blog)     {         var uri = new Uri(blog.RssUrl);         var feed = AtomFeed.Create(uri);           foreach (var item in feed.Entries)         {             SaveAtomFeedEntry(item, blog.Id, blog.CreatedById);         }     } } You should notice first signs of the power of TPL. We made only minor changes to our code to parallelize blog feeds aggregating. On my machine this modification gives some performance boost – time is now 17.57 seconds. Data parallelism There is one more way how to parallelize activities. Previous section introduced task or operation based parallelism, this section introduces data based parallelism. By MSDN page Data Parallelism (Task Parallel Library) data parallelism refers to scenario in which the same operation is performed concurrently on elements in a source collection or array. In our code we have independent collections we can process in parallel – imported feed entries. As checking for feed entry existence and inserting it if it is missing from database doesn’t affect other entries the imported feed entries collection is ideal candidate for parallelization. internal class FeedClient {     private readonly INewsService _newsService;     private const int FeedItemContentMaxLength = 255;       public FeedClient()     {          ObjectFactory.Initialize(container =>          {              container.PullConfigurationFromAppConfig = true;          });           _newsService = ObjectFactory.GetInstance<INewsService>();     }       public void Execute()     {         var blogs = _newsService.ListPublishedBlogs();                var tasks = new Task[blogs.Count];           for (var index = 0; index <blogs.Count; index++)         {             tasks[index] = new Task(ImportFeed, blogs[index]);             tasks[index].Start();         }           Task.WaitAll(tasks);     }       private void ImportFeed(object blogObject)     {         if(blogObject == null)             return;         var blog = (BlogDto)blogObject;         if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(blog.RssUrl))             return;           var uri = new Uri(blog.RssUrl);         SyndicationContentFormat feedFormat;           feedFormat = SyndicationDiscoveryUtility.SyndicationContentFormatGet(uri);           if (feedFormat == SyndicationContentFormat.Rss)             ImportRssFeed(blog);         if (feedFormat == SyndicationContentFormat.Atom)             ImportAtomFeed(blog);                }       private void ImportRssFeed(BlogDto blog)     {         var uri = new Uri(blog.RssUrl);         var feed = RssFeed.Create(uri);           feed.Channel.Items.AsParallel().ForAll(a =>         {             SaveRssFeedItem(a, blog.Id, blog.CreatedById);         });      }        private void ImportAtomFeed(BlogDto blog)      {         var uri = new Uri(blog.RssUrl);         var feed = AtomFeed.Create(uri);           feed.Entries.AsParallel().ForAll(a =>         {              SaveAtomFeedEntry(a, blog.Id, blog.CreatedById);         });      } } We did small change again and as the result we parallelized checking and saving of feed items. This change was data centric as we applied same operation to all elements in collection. On my machine I got better performance again. Time is now 11.22 seconds. Results Let’s visualize our measurement results (numbers are given in seconds). As we can see then with task parallelism feed aggregation takes about 25% less time than in original case. When adding data parallelism to task parallelism our aggregation takes about 2.3 times less time than in original case. More about TPL and PLINQ Adding parallelism to your application can be very challenging task. You have to carefully find out parts of your code where you can safely go to parallel processing and even then you have to measure the effects of parallel processing to find out if parallel code performs better. If you are not careful then troubles you will face later are worse than ones you have seen before (imagine error that occurs by average only once per 10000 code runs). Parallel programming is something that is hard to ignore. Effective programs are able to use multiple cores of processors. Using TPL you can also set degree of parallelism so your application doesn’t use all computing cores and leaves one or more of them free for host system and other processes. And there are many more things in TPL that make it easier for you to start and go on with parallel programming. In next major version all .NET languages will have built-in support for parallel programming. There will be also new language constructs that support parallel programming. Currently you can download Visual Studio Async to get some idea about what is coming. Conclusion Parallel programming is very challenging but good tools offered by Visual Studio and .NET Framework make it way easier for us. In this posting we started with feed aggregator that imports feed items on serial mode. With two steps we parallelized feed importing and entries inserting gaining 2.3 times raise in performance. Although this number is specific to my test environment it shows clearly that parallel programming may raise the performance of your application significantly.

    Read the article

  • CodePlex Daily Summary for Saturday, October 29, 2011

    CodePlex Daily Summary for Saturday, October 29, 2011Popular Releasespatterns & practices: Enterprise Library Contrib: Enterprise Library Contrib - 5.0 (Oct 2011): This release of Enterprise Library Contrib is based on the Microsoft patterns & practices Enterprise Library 5.0 core and contains the following: Common extensionsTypeConfigurationElement<T> - A Polymorphic Configuration Element without having to be part of a PolymorphicConfigurationElementCollection. AnonymousConfigurationElement - A Configuration element that can be uniquely identified without having to define its name explicitly. Data Access Application Block extensionsMySql Provider - ...Network Monitor Open Source Parsers: Network Monitor Parsers 3.4.2748: The Network Monitor Parsers packages contain parsers for more than 400 network protocols, including RFC based public protocols and protocols for Microsoft products defined in the Microsoft Open Specifications for Windows and SQL Server. NetworkMonitor_Parsers.msi is the base parser package which defines parsers for commonly used public protocols and protocols for Microsoft Windows. In this release, NetowrkMonitor_Parsers.msi continues to improve quality and fix bugs. It has included the fo...Duckworth Lewis Professional Edition Calculator: DLcalc 3.0: DLcalc 3.0 can perform Duckworth/Lewis Professional Edition calculations 100% accurately. It also produces over-by-over and ball-by-ball PAR score tables.Folder Bookmarks: Folder Bookmarks 2.2.0.1: In this version: Custom Icons - now you can change the icons of the bookmarks. By default, whenever an image is added, the icon is automatically changed to a thumbnail of the picture. This can be turned off in the settings (Options... > Settings) Ability to remove items from the 'Recent' category Bugfixes - 'Choose' button in 'Edit Bookmark' now works Another bug fix: another problem in the 'Edit Bookmark' windowMedia Companion: MC 3.420b Weekly: Ensure .NET 4.0 Full Framework is installed. (Available from http://www.microsoft.com/download/en/details.aspx?id=17718) Ensure the NFO ID fix is applied when transitioning from versions prior to 3.416b. (Details here) Movies Fixed: Fanart and poster scraping issues TV Shows (Re)Added: Rebuild single show Fixed: Issue when shows are moved from original location Ability to handle " for actor nicknames Crash when episode name contains "<" (does not scrape yet) Clears fanart when switch...patterns & practices - Unity: Unity 3.0 for .NET4.5 Preview: The Unity 3.0.1026.0 Preview enables Unity to work on .NET 4.5 with both the WinRT and desktop profiles. The major changes include: Unity projects updated to target .NET 4.5. Dynamic build plans modified to use compiled lambda expressions instead of Reflection.Emit Converting reflection to use the new TypeInfo for reflection. Projects updated to work with the Microsoft Visual Studio 2011 Preview Notes/Known Issues: The Microsoft.Practices.Unity.UnityServiceLocator class cannot be use...Managed Extensibility Framework: MEF 2 Preview 4: Detailed information on this release is available on the BCL team blog.Image Converter: Image Converter 0.3: New Features: - English and German support Technical Improvements: - Microsoft All Rules using Code Analysis Planned Features for future release: 1. Unit testing 2. Command line interface 3. Automatic UpdatesAcDown????? - Anime&Comic Downloader: AcDown????? v3.6: ?? ● AcDown??????????、??????,??????????????????????,???????Acfun、Bilibili、???、???、???、Tucao.cc、SF???、?????80????,???????????、?????????。 ● AcDown???????????????????????????,???,???????????????????。 ● AcDown???????C#??,????.NET Framework 2.0??。?????"Acfun?????"。 ????32??64? Windows XP/Vista/7 ????????????? ??:????????Windows XP???,?????????.NET Framework 2.0???(x86)?.NET Framework 2.0???(x64),?????"?????????"??? ??????????????,??????????: ??"AcDown?????"????????? ?? v3.6?? ??“????”...DotNetNuke® Events: 05.02.01: This release fixes any know bugs from any previous version. Events 05.02.01 will work for any DNN version 5.5.0 and up. Full details on the changes can be found at http://dnnevents.codeplex.com/workitem/list/basic Please review and rate this release... (stars are welcome)BUG FIXESAdded validation around category cookie RSS feed was missing an explicit close of the file when writing. Fixed. Added extra security into detail view .ICS Files did not include correct line folding. Fixed Cha...Microsoft Ajax Minifier: Microsoft Ajax Minifier 4.33: Add JSParser.ParseExpression method to parse JavaScript expressions rather than source-elements. Add -strict switch (CodeSettings.StrictMode) to force input code to ECMA5 Strict-mode (extra error-checking, "use strict" at top). Fixed bug when MinifyCode setting was set to false but RemoveUnneededCode was left it's default value of true.Path Copy Copy: 8.0: New version that mostly adds lots of requested features: 11340 11339 11338 11337 This version also features a more elaborate Settings UI that has several tabs. I tried to add some notes to better explain the use and purpose of the various options. The Path Copy Copy documentation is also on the way, both to explain how to develop custom plugins and to explain how to pre-configure options if you're a network admin. Stay tuned.MVC Controls Toolkit: Mvc Controls Toolkit 1.5.0: Added: The new Client Blocks feaure of Views A new "move" js method for the TreeViews The NewHtmlCreated js event to the DataGrid Improved the ChoiceList structure that now allows also the selection list of a dropdown to be chosen with a lambda expression Improved the AcceptViewHintAttribute controller filter. Now a client can specify not only the name of a View or Partial View it prefers, but also to receive just the rough data in Json format. Fixed: Issue with partial thrust Cl...Free SharePoint Master Pages: Buried Alive (Halloween) Theme: Release Notes *Created for Halloween, you will find theme file, custom css file and images. *Created by Al Roome @AlstarRoome Features: Custom styling for web part Custom background *Screenshot https://s3.amazonaws.com/kkhipple/post/sharepoint-showcase-halloween.pngDevForce Application Framework: DevForce AF 2.0.3 RTW: PrerequisitesWPF 4.0 Silverlight 4.0 DevForce 2010 6.1.3.1 Download ContentsDebug and Release Assemblies API Documentation Source code License.txt Requirements.txt Release HighlightsNew: EventAggregator event forwarding New: EntityManagerInterceptor<T> to intercept EntityManger events New: IHarnessAware to allow for ViewModel setup when executed inside of the Development Harness New: Improved design time stability New: Support for add-in development New: CoroutineFns.To...NicAudio: NicAudio 2.0.5: Minor change to accept special DTS stereo modes (LtRt, AB,...)NDepend TFS 2010 integration: version 0.5.0 beta 1: Only the activity and the VS plugin are avalaible right now. They basically work. Data types that are logged into tfs reports are subject to change. This is no big deal since data is not yet sent into the warehouse.Windows Azure Toolkit for Windows Phone: Windows Azure Toolkit for Windows Phone v1.3.1: Upgraded Windows Azure projects to Windows Azure Tools for Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 1.5 – September 2011 Upgraded the tools tools to support the Windows Phone Developer Tools RTW Update SQL Azure only scenarios to use ASP.NET Universal Providers (through the System.Web.Providers v1.0.1 NuGet package) Changed Shared Access Signature service interface to support more operations Refactored Blobs API to have a similar interface and usage to that provided by the Windows Azure SDK Stor...DotNetNuke® FAQ: 05.00.00: FAQ (Frequently Asked Questions) 05.00.00 will work for any DNN version 5.6.1 and up. It is the first version which is rewritten in C#. The scope of this update is to fix all known issues and improve user interface. Please review and rate this release... (stars are welcome)BUG FIXESManage Categories button text was not localized Edit/Add FAQ Entry: button text was not localized ENHANCEMENTSAdded an option to select the control for category display: Listbox with checkboxes (flat category ...SiteMap Editor for Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011: SiteMap Editor (1.0.921.340): Added CodePlex and PayPal links New iconNew ProjectsAsynk: Asynk is a framework/application that allows existing applications to easily be extended with an offloaded asynchronous worker layer. Asynk is developed using C#.Blob Tower Defense: 3D tower defense game for Windows Phone 7. School project for Brno University of Technology, computer graphics class.Booz: Booz is... An extended version of the boo shell (booish2 to be precise). Offers additional commands like cd, md, ls etc. I hope this shell can be used to take the position of/surpass the native windows shell in the near future.CIMS: a sanction infomation system for sencience and technology of hustCrystalDot - Icon Collection / Pack (LGPL): .Net / Mono freundliche Varainte der Crystal-Icons von Everaldo Icon collection / pack for .NET and Mono designed by Everaldo - KDE style http://www.everaldo.com/crystal/dotetes: dotetes adalah teka teki silang tool dikembangkan dengan bahasa c#Emoe': This Project is a Windows Phone 7.1 application.Equation Inversion: Visual Studion 2008 Add-in for equation inversions.Exploring VMR Features on WEC7: This is the sample application helps you to do alpha blending the bitmap on camera streaming in Windows Embedded Compact 7 using Directshow video Renderer (VMR). It is a VS2008 based smart device project developed on C++. I have explained the sample application in the following blog link. http://www.e-consystems.com/blog/windowsce/?p=759 EzValidation: Custom validation extensions for ASP.NET MVC 3. Includes server and client side model based validation attributes for: -- Equal To -- Not Equal To -- Greater Than -- Greater Than or Equal To -- Less Than -- Less Than or Equal To Supports validating against: -- Another Model Field -- A Specific Value -- Current Date/Yesterday/Tomorrow (for Dates and Strings) Download & Install via NuGet "package-install ezvalidation"Flu.net: Flu.net is a tool that helps you creating your own fluent syntax for .NET Framework applications in a declarative fashion. It is aimed for infrastructures and other open-source projects use.For Chess Endgames: King vs. King Opposition Calculator: You must input the locations of 2 kings on a chessboard, and whose turn it is to move. The calculator will display which king has the opposition, and how it can be used or maintained.GameTrakXNA: This project aims to create a simple library to use the unique GameTrak controller within XNA and Flash.Google Speech Recognition Example: Google Speech Recognition contains a working example of application that uses google speech recognition API. App contains all necessary dlls to record, decode and send your voice request to google service and recieve a text representation of what you've said. It's developed in C#Interval Mandelbrot Explorer: Explore the Mandelbrot set using interval arithmetic.ISD training tasks: ISD training examples and tasksiTunesControlBar: The iTunesControlBar helps user control their iTunes Application while it is minimized. iTunesControlBar resides at the top of the screen, invisible when not used, and allows playback and volume control, library searches and media information without the need to bring up iTunes.iTurtle: A bunch of Powerscripts to automate server management in AD environment.M26WC - Mono 2.6 Wizard Control: Wizard which runs under Mono2.6 A fork of: http://aerowizard.codeplex.com/Microsoft Help Viewer 2: Help Viewer 2 is the help runtime for both Visual Studio 11 help and Windows 8 help. The code in this project will help you use and understand the HV2 runtime API.MONTRASEC: Monitoring Trafficking in human beings and Sexual Exploitation of Children: benchmarking for member state and EU reporting, turning the SIAMSECT templates into a user-friendly interface and reporting tool. MTF.NET Runtime: Managed Task Framework .NET Runtime The MTF.NET runtime software and resulting assemblies are required to run applications built using the Managed Task Framework.NET Professional (Visual Studio 2010 extension) software design editor. The MTF.NET team are committed to continuously improving the core MTF.NET runtime and ensuring it is always available free and fully transparent. Pandoras Box: A greenfield inversion of control project utilising the power and flexibility of expressions and preferring convention over configuration.Pass the Puzzle: Pass the Puzzle is a frantic word-guessing party game. The game displays a few letters, and the players must come up with words containing those letters. But beware: if the timer goes off, you lose! It is based on the folk party game Pass the Parcel and is written in C#.PerCiGal: Percigal is a project for the development of applications for managing your personal media library. It consists in - a windows application to use at home to catalog movies, TV series, cast and books, with the support of the Internet for information retrieval; - a web interface for viewing and cataloging everywhere your media; - an application for smartphones. Project Flying Carpet: Este jogo é um projeto para a cadeira Projeto de Jogos: Motores Jogos do curso de Jogos Digitais da Unisinos.proxy browser: sed leo Latin's Butterfly....Python Multiple Dispatch: Multiple dispatch (AKA multimethods) for Python 3 via a metaclass and type annotations.reDune: ?????????? ???? ? ????? «????????? ? ???????? ???????». ???????? ?? Dune2000 ?? Westwood ? Electronic Arts.Rereadable: Keep page from internet for read it latter.ServStop: ServStop is a .NET application that makes it easy to stop several system services at once. Now you don't have to change startup types or stop them one at a time. It has a simple list-based interface with the ability to save and load lists of user services to stop. Written in C#.SharePoint 2010 Audience Membership Workflow Activity (Full Trust): A simple SharePoint 2010 workflow activity / workflow condition to check whether the user initiating the workflow is a member of a specified audience. Farm-level .wsp solution, written in C#. Once installed, the workflow activity can be used in SharePoint Designer 2010 declarative workflows.SQL Server® to Firebird DB converter: Converts Microsoft SQL Server® database into Firebird database including entire structure and datastegitest: test projectSystem.Threading.Joins: The Joins project provides asynchronous concurrency semantics based on join calculus and modeled after the Microsoft Research C? (C Omega) project.TestAndroidGame: try dev a TestAndroidGametetribricks: block game Topographic Explorer: A project to import, convert, explore, manipulate, and save topographical maps. Looking to use C# and WPF.Trading: Under construction!!!Trombone: Trombone makes it easier for Windows Mobile Professional users to automate status reply through SMS. It's developed in Visual C# 2008.Tulsa SharePoint Interest Group: Repository for source code for the Tulsa SharePoint Interest Group's web site. The Tulsa SharePoint Interest Group is using the Community Kit for SharePoint. This project will house any modifications that are specific to our user group.World of Tanks RU tiny stats collection utilty.: Tiny utility to load players stats for World of Tanks RU server. Results saved to comma separated file.WS-Discovery Proxy: Attempt at creating general purpose WS-Discovery Proxy.Yamaha Tu?n Tr?c: This application is used to manage information for Yamaha Tu?n Tr?c

    Read the article

  • PTLQueue : a scalable bounded-capacity MPMC queue

    - by Dave
    Title: Fast concurrent MPMC queue -- I've used the following concurrent queue algorithm enough that it warrants a blog entry. I'll sketch out the design of a fast and scalable multiple-producer multiple-consumer (MPSC) concurrent queue called PTLQueue. The queue has bounded capacity and is implemented via a circular array. Bounded capacity can be a useful property if there's a mismatch between producer rates and consumer rates where an unbounded queue might otherwise result in excessive memory consumption by virtue of the container nodes that -- in some queue implementations -- are used to hold values. A bounded-capacity queue can provide flow control between components. Beware, however, that bounded collections can also result in resource deadlock if abused. The put() and take() operators are partial and wait for the collection to become non-full or non-empty, respectively. Put() and take() do not allocate memory, and are not vulnerable to the ABA pathologies. The PTLQueue algorithm can be implemented equally well in C/C++ and Java. Partial operators are often more convenient than total methods. In many use cases if the preconditions aren't met, there's nothing else useful the thread can do, so it may as well wait via a partial method. An exception is in the case of work-stealing queues where a thief might scan a set of queues from which it could potentially steal. Total methods return ASAP with a success-failure indication. (It's tempting to describe a queue or API as blocking or non-blocking instead of partial or total, but non-blocking is already an overloaded concurrency term. Perhaps waiting/non-waiting or patient/impatient might be better terms). It's also trivial to construct partial operators by busy-waiting via total operators, but such constructs may be less efficient than an operator explicitly and intentionally designed to wait. A PTLQueue instance contains an array of slots, where each slot has volatile Turn and MailBox fields. The array has power-of-two length allowing mod/div operations to be replaced by masking. We assume sensible padding and alignment to reduce the impact of false sharing. (On x86 I recommend 128-byte alignment and padding because of the adjacent-sector prefetch facility). Each queue also has PutCursor and TakeCursor cursor variables, each of which should be sequestered as the sole occupant of a cache line or sector. You can opt to use 64-bit integers if concerned about wrap-around aliasing in the cursor variables. Put(null) is considered illegal, but the caller or implementation can easily check for and convert null to a distinguished non-null proxy value if null happens to be a value you'd like to pass. Take() will accordingly convert the proxy value back to null. An advantage of PTLQueue is that you can use atomic fetch-and-increment for the partial methods. We initialize each slot at index I with (Turn=I, MailBox=null). Both cursors are initially 0. All shared variables are considered "volatile" and atomics such as CAS and AtomicFetchAndIncrement are presumed to have bidirectional fence semantics. Finally T is the templated type. I've sketched out a total tryTake() method below that allows the caller to poll the queue. tryPut() has an analogous construction. Zebra stripping : alternating row colors for nice-looking code listings. See also google code "prettify" : https://code.google.com/p/google-code-prettify/ Prettify is a javascript module that yields the HTML/CSS/JS equivalent of pretty-print. -- pre:nth-child(odd) { background-color:#ff0000; } pre:nth-child(even) { background-color:#0000ff; } border-left: 11px solid #ccc; margin: 1.7em 0 1.7em 0.3em; background-color:#BFB; font-size:12px; line-height:65%; " // PTLQueue : Put(v) : // producer : partial method - waits as necessary assert v != null assert Mask = 1 && (Mask & (Mask+1)) == 0 // Document invariants // doorway step // Obtain a sequence number -- ticket // As a practical concern the ticket value is temporally unique // The ticket also identifies and selects a slot auto tkt = AtomicFetchIncrement (&PutCursor, 1) slot * s = &Slots[tkt & Mask] // waiting phase : // wait for slot's generation to match the tkt value assigned to this put() invocation. // The "generation" is implicitly encoded as the upper bits in the cursor // above those used to specify the index : tkt div (Mask+1) // The generation serves as an epoch number to identify a cohort of threads // accessing disjoint slots while s-Turn != tkt : Pause assert s-MailBox == null s-MailBox = v // deposit and pass message Take() : // consumer : partial method - waits as necessary auto tkt = AtomicFetchIncrement (&TakeCursor,1) slot * s = &Slots[tkt & Mask] // 2-stage waiting : // First wait for turn for our generation // Acquire exclusive "take" access to slot's MailBox field // Then wait for the slot to become occupied while s-Turn != tkt : Pause // Concurrency in this section of code is now reduced to just 1 producer thread // vs 1 consumer thread. // For a given queue and slot, there will be most one Take() operation running // in this section. // Consumer waits for producer to arrive and make slot non-empty // Extract message; clear mailbox; advance Turn indicator // We have an obvious happens-before relation : // Put(m) happens-before corresponding Take() that returns that same "m" for T v = s-MailBox if v != null : s-MailBox = null ST-ST barrier s-Turn = tkt + Mask + 1 // unlock slot to admit next producer and consumer return v Pause tryTake() : // total method - returns ASAP with failure indication for auto tkt = TakeCursor slot * s = &Slots[tkt & Mask] if s-Turn != tkt : return null T v = s-MailBox // presumptive return value if v == null : return null // ratify tkt and v values and commit by advancing cursor if CAS (&TakeCursor, tkt, tkt+1) != tkt : continue s-MailBox = null ST-ST barrier s-Turn = tkt + Mask + 1 return v The basic idea derives from the Partitioned Ticket Lock "PTL" (US20120240126-A1) and the MultiLane Concurrent Bag (US8689237). The latter is essentially a circular ring-buffer where the elements themselves are queues or concurrent collections. You can think of the PTLQueue as a partitioned ticket lock "PTL" augmented to pass values from lock to unlock via the slots. Alternatively, you could conceptualize of PTLQueue as a degenerate MultiLane bag where each slot or "lane" consists of a simple single-word MailBox instead of a general queue. Each lane in PTLQueue also has a private Turn field which acts like the Turn (Grant) variables found in PTL. Turn enforces strict FIFO ordering and restricts concurrency on the slot mailbox field to at most one simultaneous put() and take() operation. PTL uses a single "ticket" variable and per-slot Turn (grant) fields while MultiLane has distinct PutCursor and TakeCursor cursors and abstract per-slot sub-queues. Both PTL and MultiLane advance their cursor and ticket variables with atomic fetch-and-increment. PTLQueue borrows from both PTL and MultiLane and has distinct put and take cursors and per-slot Turn fields. Instead of a per-slot queues, PTLQueue uses a simple single-word MailBox field. PutCursor and TakeCursor act like a pair of ticket locks, conferring "put" and "take" access to a given slot. PutCursor, for instance, assigns an incoming put() request to a slot and serves as a PTL "Ticket" to acquire "put" permission to that slot's MailBox field. To better explain the operation of PTLQueue we deconstruct the operation of put() and take() as follows. Put() first increments PutCursor obtaining a new unique ticket. That ticket value also identifies a slot. Put() next waits for that slot's Turn field to match that ticket value. This is tantamount to using a PTL to acquire "put" permission on the slot's MailBox field. Finally, having obtained exclusive "put" permission on the slot, put() stores the message value into the slot's MailBox. Take() similarly advances TakeCursor, identifying a slot, and then acquires and secures "take" permission on a slot by waiting for Turn. Take() then waits for the slot's MailBox to become non-empty, extracts the message, and clears MailBox. Finally, take() advances the slot's Turn field, which releases both "put" and "take" access to the slot's MailBox. Note the asymmetry : put() acquires "put" access to the slot, but take() releases that lock. At any given time, for a given slot in a PTLQueue, at most one thread has "put" access and at most one thread has "take" access. This restricts concurrency from general MPMC to 1-vs-1. We have 2 ticket locks -- one for put() and one for take() -- each with its own "ticket" variable in the form of the corresponding cursor, but they share a single "Grant" egress variable in the form of the slot's Turn variable. Advancing the PutCursor, for instance, serves two purposes. First, we obtain a unique ticket which identifies a slot. Second, incrementing the cursor is the doorway protocol step to acquire the per-slot mutual exclusion "put" lock. The cursors and operations to increment those cursors serve double-duty : slot-selection and ticket assignment for locking the slot's MailBox field. At any given time a slot MailBox field can be in one of the following states: empty with no pending operations -- neutral state; empty with one or more waiting take() operations pending -- deficit; occupied with no pending operations; occupied with one or more waiting put() operations -- surplus; empty with a pending put() or pending put() and take() operations -- transitional; or occupied with a pending take() or pending put() and take() operations -- transitional. The partial put() and take() operators can be implemented with an atomic fetch-and-increment operation, which may confer a performance advantage over a CAS-based loop. In addition we have independent PutCursor and TakeCursor cursors. Critically, a put() operation modifies PutCursor but does not access the TakeCursor and a take() operation modifies the TakeCursor cursor but does not access the PutCursor. This acts to reduce coherence traffic relative to some other queue designs. It's worth noting that slow threads or obstruction in one slot (or "lane") does not impede or obstruct operations in other slots -- this gives us some degree of obstruction isolation. PTLQueue is not lock-free, however. The implementation above is expressed with polite busy-waiting (Pause) but it's trivial to implement per-slot parking and unparking to deschedule waiting threads. It's also easy to convert the queue to a more general deque by replacing the PutCursor and TakeCursor cursors with Left/Front and Right/Back cursors that can move either direction. Specifically, to push and pop from the "left" side of the deque we would decrement and increment the Left cursor, respectively, and to push and pop from the "right" side of the deque we would increment and decrement the Right cursor, respectively. We used a variation of PTLQueue for message passing in our recent OPODIS 2013 paper. ul { list-style:none; padding-left:0; padding:0; margin:0; margin-left:0; } ul#myTagID { padding: 0px; margin: 0px; list-style:none; margin-left:0;} -- -- There's quite a bit of related literature in this area. I'll call out a few relevant references: Wilson's NYU Courant Institute UltraComputer dissertation from 1988 is classic and the canonical starting point : Operating System Data Structures for Shared-Memory MIMD Machines with Fetch-and-Add. Regarding provenance and priority, I think PTLQueue or queues effectively equivalent to PTLQueue have been independently rediscovered a number of times. See CB-Queue and BNPBV, below, for instance. But Wilson's dissertation anticipates the basic idea and seems to predate all the others. Gottlieb et al : Basic Techniques for the Efficient Coordination of Very Large Numbers of Cooperating Sequential Processors Orozco et al : CB-Queue in Toward high-throughput algorithms on many-core architectures which appeared in TACO 2012. Meneghin et al : BNPVB family in Performance evaluation of inter-thread communication mechanisms on multicore/multithreaded architecture Dmitry Vyukov : bounded MPMC queue (highly recommended) Alex Otenko : US8607249 (highly related). John Mellor-Crummey : Concurrent queues: Practical fetch-and-phi algorithms. Technical Report 229, Department of Computer Science, University of Rochester Thomasson : FIFO Distributed Bakery Algorithm (very similar to PTLQueue). Scott and Scherer : Dual Data Structures I'll propose an optimization left as an exercise for the reader. Say we wanted to reduce memory usage by eliminating inter-slot padding. Such padding is usually "dark" memory and otherwise unused and wasted. But eliminating the padding leaves us at risk of increased false sharing. Furthermore lets say it was usually the case that the PutCursor and TakeCursor were numerically close to each other. (That's true in some use cases). We might still reduce false sharing by incrementing the cursors by some value other than 1 that is not trivially small and is coprime with the number of slots. Alternatively, we might increment the cursor by one and mask as usual, resulting in a logical index. We then use that logical index value to index into a permutation table, yielding an effective index for use in the slot array. The permutation table would be constructed so that nearby logical indices would map to more distant effective indices. (Open question: what should that permutation look like? Possibly some perversion of a Gray code or De Bruijn sequence might be suitable). As an aside, say we need to busy-wait for some condition as follows : "while C == 0 : Pause". Lets say that C is usually non-zero, so we typically don't wait. But when C happens to be 0 we'll have to spin for some period, possibly brief. We can arrange for the code to be more machine-friendly with respect to the branch predictors by transforming the loop into : "if C == 0 : for { Pause; if C != 0 : break; }". Critically, we want to restructure the loop so there's one branch that controls entry and another that controls loop exit. A concern is that your compiler or JIT might be clever enough to transform this back to "while C == 0 : Pause". You can sometimes avoid this by inserting a call to a some type of very cheap "opaque" method that the compiler can't elide or reorder. On Solaris, for instance, you could use :"if C == 0 : { gethrtime(); for { Pause; if C != 0 : break; }}". It's worth noting the obvious duality between locks and queues. If you have strict FIFO lock implementation with local spinning and succession by direct handoff such as MCS or CLH,then you can usually transform that lock into a queue. Hidden commentary and annotations - invisible : * And of course there's a well-known duality between queues and locks, but I'll leave that topic for another blog post. * Compare and contrast : PTLQ vs PTL and MultiLane * Equivalent : Turn; seq; sequence; pos; position; ticket * Put = Lock; Deposit Take = identify and reserve slot; wait; extract & clear; unlock * conceptualize : Distinct PutLock and TakeLock implemented as ticket lock or PTL Distinct arrival cursors but share per-slot "Turn" variable provides exclusive role-based access to slot's mailbox field put() acquires exclusive access to a slot for purposes of "deposit" assigns slot round-robin and then acquires deposit access rights/perms to that slot take() acquires exclusive access to slot for purposes of "withdrawal" assigns slot round-robin and then acquires withdrawal access rights/perms to that slot At any given time, only one thread can have withdrawal access to a slot at any given time, only one thread can have deposit access to a slot Permissible for T1 to have deposit access and T2 to simultaneously have withdrawal access * round-robin for the purposes of; role-based; access mode; access role mailslot; mailbox; allocate/assign/identify slot rights; permission; license; access permission; * PTL/Ticket hybrid Asymmetric usage ; owner oblivious lock-unlock pairing K-exclusion add Grant cursor pass message m from lock to unlock via Slots[] array Cursor performs 2 functions : + PTL ticket + Assigns request to slot in round-robin fashion Deconstruct protocol : explication put() : allocate slot in round-robin fashion acquire PTL for "put" access store message into slot associated with PTL index take() : Acquire PTL for "take" access // doorway step seq = fetchAdd (&Grant, 1) s = &Slots[seq & Mask] // waiting phase while s-Turn != seq : pause Extract : wait for s-mailbox to be full v = s-mailbox s-mailbox = null Release PTL for both "put" and "take" access s-Turn = seq + Mask + 1 * Slot round-robin assignment and lock "doorway" protocol leverage the same cursor and FetchAdd operation on that cursor FetchAdd (&Cursor,1) + round-robin slot assignment and dispersal + PTL/ticket lock "doorway" step waiting phase is via "Turn" field in slot * PTLQueue uses 2 cursors -- put and take. Acquire "put" access to slot via PTL-like lock Acquire "take" access to slot via PTL-like lock 2 locks : put and take -- at most one thread can access slot's mailbox Both locks use same "turn" field Like multilane : 2 cursors : put and take slot is simple 1-capacity mailbox instead of queue Borrow per-slot turn/grant from PTL Provides strict FIFO Lock slot : put-vs-put take-vs-take at most one put accesses slot at any one time at most one put accesses take at any one time reduction to 1-vs-1 instead of N-vs-M concurrency Per slot locks for put/take Release put/take by advancing turn * is instrumental in ... * P-V Semaphore vs lock vs K-exclusion * See also : FastQueues-excerpt.java dice-etc/queue-mpmc-bounded-blocking-circular-xadd/ * PTLQueue is the same as PTLQB - identical * Expedient return; ASAP; prompt; immediately * Lamport's Bakery algorithm : doorway step then waiting phase Threads arriving at doorway obtain a unique ticket number Threads enter in ticket order * In the terminology of Reed and Kanodia a ticket lock corresponds to the busy-wait implementation of a semaphore using an eventcount and a sequencer It can also be thought of as an optimization of Lamport's bakery lock was designed for fault-tolerance rather than performance Instead of spinning on the release counter, processors using a bakery lock repeatedly examine the tickets of their peers --

    Read the article

  • iPhone SDK vs. Windows Phone 7 Series SDK Challenge, Part 2: MoveMe

    In this series, I will be taking sample applications from the iPhone SDK and implementing them on Windows Phone 7 Series.  My goal is to do as much of an apples-to-apples comparison as I can.  This series will be written to not only compare and contrast how easy or difficult it is to complete tasks on either platform, how many lines of code, etc., but Id also like it to be a way for iPhone developers to either get started on Windows Phone 7 Series development, or for developers in general to learn the platform. Heres my methodology: Run the iPhone SDK app in the iPhone Simulator to get a feel for what it does and how it works, without looking at the implementation Implement the equivalent functionality on Windows Phone 7 Series using Silverlight. Compare the two implementations based on complexity, functionality, lines of code, number of files, etc. Add some functionality to the Windows Phone 7 Series app that shows off a way to make the scenario more interesting or leverages an aspect of the platform, or uses a better design pattern to implement the functionality. You can download Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 Express for Windows Phone CTP here, and the Expression Blend 4 Beta here. If youre seeing this series for the first time, check out Part 1: Hello World. A note on methodologyin the prior post there was some feedback about lines of code not being a very good metric for this exercise.  I dont really disagree, theres a lot more to this than lines of code but I believe that is a relevant metric, even if its not the ultimate one.  And theres no perfect answer here.  So I am going to continue to report the number of lines of code that I, as a developer would need to write in these apps as a data point, and Ill leave it up to the reader to determine how that fits in with overall complexity, etc.  The first example was so basic that I think it was difficult to talk about in real terms.  I think that as these apps get more complex, the subjective differences in concept count and will be more important.  MoveMe The MoveMe app is the main end-to-end app writing example in the iPhone SDK, called Creating an iPhone Application.  This application demonstrates a few concepts, including handling touch input, how to do animations, and how to do some basic transforms. The behavior of the application is pretty simple.  User touches the button: The button does a throb type animation where it scales up and then back down briefly. User drags the button: After a touch begins, moving the touch point will drag the button around with the touch. User lets go of the button: The button animates back to its original position, but does a few small bounces as it reaches its original point, which makes the app fun and gives it an extra bit of interactivity. Now, how would I write an app that meets this spec for Windows Phone 7 Series, and how hard would it be?  Lets find out!     Implementing the UI Okay, lets build the UI for this application.  In the HelloWorld example, we did all the UI design in Visual Studio and/or by hand in XAML.  In this example, were going to use the Expression Blend 4 Beta. You might be wondering when to use Visual Studio, when to use Blend, and when to do XAML by hand.  Different people will have different takes on this, but heres mine: XAML by hand simple UI that doesnt contain animations, gradients, etc., and or UI that I want to really optimize and craft when I know exactly what I want to do. Visual Studio Basic UI layout, property setting, data binding, etc. Blend Any serious design work needs to be done in Blend, including animations, handling states and transitions, styling and templating, editing resources. As in Part 1, go ahead and fire up Visual Studio 2010 Express for Windows Phone (yes, soon it will take longer to say the name of our products than to start them up!), and create a new Windows Phone Application.  As in Part 1, clear out the XAML from the designer.  An easy way to do this is to just: Click on the design surface Hit Control+A Hit Delete Theres a little bit left over (the Grid.RowDefinitions element), just go ahead and delete that element so were starting with a clean state of only one outer Grid element. To use Blend, we need to save this project.  See, when you create a project with Visual Studio Express, it doesnt commit it to the disk (well, in a place where you can find it, at least) until you actually save the project.  This is handy if youre doing some fooling around, because it doesnt clutter your disk with WindowsPhoneApplication23-like directories.  But its also kind of dangerous, since when you close VS, if you dont save the projectits all gone.  Yes, this has bitten me since I was saving files and didnt remember that, so be careful to save the project/solution via Save All, at least once. So, save and note the location on disk.  Start Expression Blend 4 Beta, and chose File > Open Project/Solution, and load your project.  You should see just about the same thing you saw over in VS: a blank, black designer surface. Now, thinking about this application, we dont really need a button, even though it looks like one.  We never click it.  So were just going to create a visual and use that.  This is also true in the iPhone example above, where the visual is actually not a button either but a jpg image with a nice gradient and round edges.  Well do something simple here that looks pretty good. In Blend, look in the tool pane on the left for the icon that looks like the below (the highlighted one on the left), and hold it down to get the popout menu, and choose Border:    Okay, now draw out a box in the middle of the design surface of about 300x100.  The Properties Pane to the left should show the properties for this item. First, lets make it more visible by giving it a border brush.  Set the BorderBrush to white by clicking BorderBrush and dragging the color selector all the way to the upper right in the palette.  Then, down a bit farther, make the BorderThickness 4 all the way around, and the CornerRadius set to 6. In the Layout section, do the following to Width, Height, Horizontal and Vertical Alignment, and Margin (all 4 margin values): Youll see the outline now is in the middle of the design surface.  Now lets give it a background color.  Above BorderBrush select Background, and click the third tab over: Gradient Brush.  Youll see a gradient slider at the bottom, and if you click the markers, you can edit the gradient stops individually (or add more).  In this case, you can select something you like, but wheres what I chose: Left stop: #BFACCFE2 (I just picked a spot on the palette and set opacity to 75%, no magic here, feel free to fiddle these or just enter these numbers into the hex area and be done with it) Right stop: #FF3E738F Okay, looks pretty good.  Finally set the name of the element in the Name field at the top of the Properties pane to welcome. Now lets add some text.  Just hit T and itll select the TextBlock tool automatically: Now draw out some are inside our welcome visual and type Welcome!, then click on the design surface (to exit text entry mode) and hit V to go back into selection mode (or the top item in the tool pane that looks like a mouse pointer).  Click on the text again to select it in the tool pane.  Just like the border, we want to center this.  So set HorizontalAlignment and VerticalAlignment to Center, and clear the Margins: Thats it for the UI.  Heres how it looks, on the design surface: Not bad!  Okay, now the fun part Adding Animations Using Blend to build animations is a lot of fun, and its easy.  In XAML, I can not only declare elements and visuals, but also I can declare animations that will affect those visuals.  These are called Storyboards. To recap, well be doing two animations: The throb animation when the element is touched The center animation when the element is released after being dragged. The throb animation is just a scale transform, so well do that first.  In the Objects and Timeline Pane (left side, bottom half), click the little + icon to add a new Storyboard called touchStoryboard: The timeline view will appear.  In there, click a bit to the right of 0 to create a keyframe at .2 seconds: Now, click on our welcome element (the Border, not the TextBlock in it), and scroll to the bottom of the Properties Pane.  Open up Transform, click the third tab ("Scale), and set X and Y to 1.2: This all of this says that, at .2 seconds, I want the X and Y size of this element to scale to 1.2. In fact you can see this happen.  Push the Play arrow in the timeline view, and youll see the animation run! Lets make two tweaks.  First, we want the animation to automatically reverse so it scales up then back down nicely. Click in the dropdown that says touchStoryboard in Objects and Timeline, then in the Properties pane check Auto Reverse: Now run it again, and youll see it go both ways. Lets even make it nicer by adding an easing function. First, click on the Render Transform item in the Objects tree, then, in the Property Pane, youll see a bunch of easing functions to choose from.  Feel free to play with this, then seeing how each runs.  I chose Circle In, but some other ones are fun.  Try them out!  Elastic In is kind of fun, but well stick with Circle In.  Thats it for that animation. Now, we also want an animation to move the Border back to its original position when the user ends the touch gesture.  This is exactly the same process as above, but just targeting a different transform property. Create a new animation called releaseStoryboard Select a timeline point at 1.2 seconds. Click on the welcome Border element again Scroll to the Transforms panel at the bottom of the Properties Pane Choose the first tab (Translate), which may already be selected Set both X and Y values to 0.0 (we do this just to make the values stick, because the value is already 0 and we need Blend to know we want to save that value) Click on RenderTransform in the Objects tree In the properties pane, choose Bounce Out Set Bounces to 6, and Bounciness to 4 (feel free to play with these as well) Okay, were done. Note, if you want to test this Storyboard, you have to do something a little tricky because the final value is the same as the initial value, so playing it does nothing.  If you want to play with it, do the following: Next to the selection dropdown, hit the little "x (Close Storyboard) Go to the Translate Transform value for welcome Set X,Y to 50, 200, respectively (or whatever) Select releaseStoryboard again from the dropdown Hit play, see it run Go into the object tree and select RenderTransform to change the easing function. When youre done, hit the Close Storyboard x again and set the values in Transform/Translate back to 0 Wiring Up the Animations Okay, now go back to Visual Studio.  Youll get a prompt due to the modification of MainPage.xaml.  Hit Yes. In the designer, click on the welcome Border element.  In the Property Browser, hit the Events button, then double click each of ManipulationStarted, ManipulationDelta, ManipulationCompleted.  Youll need to flip back to the designer from code, after each double click. Its code time.  Here we go. Here, three event handlers have been created for us: welcome_ManipulationStarted: This will execute when a manipulation begins.  Think of it as MouseDown. welcome_ManipulationDelta: This executes each time a manipulation changes.  Think MouseMove. welcome_ManipulationCompleted: This will  execute when the manipulation ends. Think MouseUp. Now, in ManipuliationStarted, we want to kick off the throb animation that we called touchAnimation.  Thats easy: 1: private void welcome_ManipulationStarted(object sender, ManipulationStartedEventArgs e) 2: { 3: touchStoryboard.Begin(); 4: } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } Likewise, when the manipulation completes, we want to re-center the welcome visual with our bounce animation: 1: private void welcome_ManipulationCompleted(object sender, ManipulationCompletedEventArgs e) 2: { 3: releaseStoryboard.Begin(); 4: } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } Note there is actually a way to kick off these animations from Blend directly via something called Triggers, but I think its clearer to show whats going on like this.  A Trigger basically allows you to say When this event fires, trigger this Storyboard, so its the exact same logical process as above, but without the code. But how do we get the object to move?  Well, for that we really dont want an animation because we want it to respond immediately to user input. We do this by directly modifying the transform to match the offset for the manipulation, and then well let the animation bring it back to zero when the manipulation completes.  The manipulation events do a great job of keeping track of all the stuff that you usually had to do yourself when doing drags: where you started from, how far youve moved, etc. So we can easily modify the position as below: 1: private void welcome_ManipulationDelta(object sender, ManipulationDeltaEventArgs e) 2: { 3: CompositeTransform transform = (CompositeTransform)welcome.RenderTransform; 4:   5: transform.TranslateX = e.CumulativeManipulation.Translation.X; 6: transform.TranslateY = e.CumulativeManipulation.Translation.Y; 7: } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } Thats it! Go ahead and run the app in the emulator.  I suggest running without the debugger, its a little faster (CTRL+F5).  If youve got a machine that supports DirectX 10, youll see nice smooth GPU accelerated graphics, which also what it looks like on the phone, running at about 60 frames per second.  If your machine does not support DX10 (like the laptop Im writing this on!), it wont be quite a smooth so youll have to take my word for it! Comparing Against the iPhone This is an example where the flexibility and power of XAML meets the tooling of Visual Studio and Blend, and the whole experience really shines.  So, for several things that are declarative and 100% toolable with the Windows Phone 7 Series, this example does them with code on the iPhone.  In parens is the lines of code that I count to do these operations. PlacardView.m: 19 total LOC Creating the view that hosts the button-like image and the text Drawing the image that is the background of the button Drawing the Welcome text over the image (I think you could technically do this step and/or the prior one using Interface Builder) MoveMeView.m:  63 total LOC Constructing and running the scale (throb) animation (25) Constructing the path describing the animation back to center plus bounce effect (38) Beyond the code count, yy experience with doing this kind of thing in code is that its VERY time intensive.  When I was a developer back on Windows Forms, doing GDI+ drawing, we did this stuff a lot, and it took forever!  You write some code and even once you get it basically working, you see its not quite right, you go back, tweak the interval, or the math a bit, run it again, etc.  You can take a look at the iPhone code here to judge for yourself.  Scroll down to animatePlacardViewToCenter toward the bottom.  I dont think this code is terribly complicated, but its not what Id call simple and its not at all simple to get right. And then theres a few other lines of code running around for setting up the ViewController and the Views, about 15 lines between MoveMeAppDelegate, PlacardView, and MoveMeView, plus the assorted decls in the h files. Adding those up, I conservatively get something like 100 lines of code (19+63+15+decls) on iPhone that I have to write, by hand, to make this project work. The lines of code that I wrote in the examples above is 5 lines of code on Windows Phone 7 Series. In terms of incremental concept counts beyond the HelloWorld app, heres a shot at that: iPhone: Drawing Images Drawing Text Handling touch events Creating animations Scaling animations Building a path and animating along that Windows Phone 7 Series: Laying out UI in Blend Creating & testing basic animations in Blend Handling touch events Invoking animations from code This was actually the first example I tried converting, even before I did the HelloWorld, and I was pretty surprised.  Some of this is luck that this app happens to match up with the Windows Phone 7 Series platform just perfectly.  In terms of time, I wrote the above application, from scratch, in about 10 minutes.  I dont know how long it would take a very skilled iPhone developer to write MoveMe on that iPhone from scratch, but if I was to write it on Silverlight in the same way (e.g. all via code), I think it would likely take me at least an hour or two to get it all working right, maybe more if I ended up picking the wrong strategy or couldnt get the math right, etc. Making Some Tweaks Silverlight contains a feature called Projections to do a variety of 3D-like effects with a 2D surface. So lets play with that a bit. Go back to Blend and select the welcome Border in the object tree.  In its properties, scroll down to the bottom, open Transform, and see Projection at the bottom.  Set X,Y,Z to 90.  Youll see the element kind of disappear, replaced by a thin blue line. Now Create a new animation called startupStoryboard. Set its key time to .5 seconds in the timeline view Set the projection values above to 0 for X, Y, and Z. Save Go back to Visual Studio, and in the constructor, add the following bold code (lines 7-9 to the constructor: 1: public MainPage() 2: { 3: InitializeComponent(); 4:   5: SupportedOrientations = SupportedPageOrientation.Portrait; 6:   7: this.Loaded += (s, e) => 8: { 9: startupStoryboard.Begin(); 10: }; 11: } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } If the code above looks funny, its using something called a lambda in C#, which is an inline anonymous method.  Its just a handy shorthand for creating a handler like the manipulation ones above. So with this youll get a nice 3D looking fly in effect when the app starts up.  Here it is, in flight: Pretty cool!Did you know that DotNetSlackers also publishes .net articles written by top known .net Authors? We already have over 80 articles in several categories including Silverlight. Take a look: here.

    Read the article

  • Informed TDD &ndash; Kata &ldquo;To Roman Numerals&rdquo;

    - by Ralf Westphal
    Originally posted on: http://geekswithblogs.net/theArchitectsNapkin/archive/2014/05/28/informed-tdd-ndash-kata-ldquoto-roman-numeralsrdquo.aspxIn a comment on my article on what I call Informed TDD (ITDD) reader gustav asked how this approach would apply to the kata “To Roman Numerals”. And whether ITDD wasn´t a violation of TDD´s principle of leaving out “advanced topics like mocks”. I like to respond with this article to his questions. There´s more to say than fits into a commentary. Mocks and TDD I don´t see in how far TDD is avoiding or opposed to mocks. TDD and mocks are orthogonal. TDD is about pocess, mocks are about structure and costs. Maybe by moving forward in tiny red+green+refactor steps less need arises for mocks. But then… if the functionality you need to implement requires “expensive” resource access you can´t avoid using mocks. Because you don´t want to constantly run all your tests against the real resource. True, in ITDD mocks seem to be in almost inflationary use. That´s not what you usually see in TDD demonstrations. However, there´s a reason for that as I tried to explain. I don´t use mocks as proxies for “expensive” resource. Rather they are stand-ins for functionality not yet implemented. They allow me to get a test green on a high level of abstraction. That way I can move forward in a top-down fashion. But if you think of mocks as “advanced” or if you don´t want to use a tool like JustMock, then you don´t need to use mocks. You just need to stand the sight of red tests for a little longer ;-) Let me show you what I mean by that by doing a kata. ITDD for “To Roman Numerals” gustav asked for the kata “To Roman Numerals”. I won´t explain the requirements again. You can find descriptions and TDD demonstrations all over the internet, like this one from Corey Haines. Now here is, how I would do this kata differently. 1. Analyse A demonstration of TDD should never skip the analysis phase. It should be made explicit. The requirements should be formalized and acceptance test cases should be compiled. “Formalization” in this case to me means describing the API of the required functionality. “[D]esign a program to work with Roman numerals” like written in this “requirement document” is not enough to start software development. Coding should only begin, if the interface between the “system under development” and its context is clear. If this interface is not readily recognizable from the requirements, it has to be developed first. Exploration of interface alternatives might be in order. It might be necessary to show several interface mock-ups to the customer – even if that´s you fellow developer. Designing the interface is a task of it´s own. It should not be mixed with implementing the required functionality behind the interface. Unfortunately, though, this happens quite often in TDD demonstrations. TDD is used to explore the API and implement it at the same time. To me that´s a violation of the Single Responsibility Principle (SRP) which not only should hold for software functional units but also for tasks or activities. In the case of this kata the API fortunately is obvious. Just one function is needed: string ToRoman(int arabic). And it lives in a class ArabicRomanConversions. Now what about acceptance test cases? There are hardly any stated in the kata descriptions. Roman numerals are explained, but no specific test cases from the point of view of a customer. So I just “invent” some acceptance test cases by picking roman numerals from a wikipedia article. They are supposed to be just “typical examples” without special meaning. Given the acceptance test cases I then try to develop an understanding of the problem domain. I´ll spare you that. The domain is trivial and is explain in almost all kata descriptions. How roman numerals are built is not difficult to understand. What´s more difficult, though, might be to find an efficient solution to convert into them automatically. 2. Solve The usual TDD demonstration skips a solution finding phase. Like the interface exploration it´s mixed in with the implementation. But I don´t think this is how it should be done. I even think this is not how it really works for the people demonstrating TDD. They´re simplifying their true software development process because they want to show a streamlined TDD process. I doubt this is helping anybody. Before you code you better have a plan what to code. This does not mean you have to do “Big Design Up-Front”. It just means: Have a clear picture of the logical solution in your head before you start to build a physical solution (code). Evidently such a solution can only be as good as your understanding of the problem. If that´s limited your solution will be limited, too. Fortunately, in the case of this kata your understanding does not need to be limited. Thus the logical solution does not need to be limited or preliminary or tentative. That does not mean you need to know every line of code in advance. It just means you know the rough structure of your implementation beforehand. Because it should mirror the process described by the logical or conceptual solution. Here´s my solution approach: The arabic “encoding” of numbers represents them as an ordered set of powers of 10. Each digit is a factor to multiply a power of ten with. The “encoding” 123 is the short form for a set like this: {1*10^2, 2*10^1, 3*10^0}. And the number is the sum of the set members. The roman “encoding” is different. There is no base (like 10 for arabic numbers), there are just digits of different value, and they have to be written in descending order. The “encoding” XVI is short for [10, 5, 1]. And the number is still the sum of the members of this list. The roman “encoding” thus is simpler than the arabic. Each “digit” can be taken at face value. No multiplication with a base required. But what about IV which looks like a contradiction to the above rule? It is not – if you accept roman “digits” not to be limited to be single characters only. Usually I, V, X, L, C, D, M are viewed as “digits”, and IV, IX etc. are viewed as nuisances preventing a simple solution. All looks different, though, once IV, IX etc. are taken as “digits”. Then MCMLIV is just a sum: M+CM+L+IV which is 1000+900+50+4. Whereas before it would have been understood as M-C+M+L-I+V – which is more difficult because here some “digits” get subtracted. Here´s the list of roman “digits” with their values: {1, I}, {4, IV}, {5, V}, {9, IX}, {10, X}, {40, XL}, {50, L}, {90, XC}, {100, C}, {400, CD}, {500, D}, {900, CM}, {1000, M} Since I take IV, IX etc. as “digits” translating an arabic number becomes trivial. I just need to find the values of the roman “digits” making up the number, e.g. 1954 is made up of 1000, 900, 50, and 4. I call those “digits” factors. If I move from the highest factor (M=1000) to the lowest (I=1) then translation is a two phase process: Find all the factors Translate the factors found Compile the roman representation Translation is just a look-up. Finding, though, needs some calculation: Find the highest remaining factor fitting in the value Remember and subtract it from the value Repeat with remaining value and remaining factors Please note: This is just an algorithm. It´s not code, even though it might be close. Being so close to code in my solution approach is due to the triviality of the problem. In more realistic examples the conceptual solution would be on a higher level of abstraction. With this solution in hand I finally can do what TDD advocates: find and prioritize test cases. As I can see from the small process description above, there are two aspects to test: Test the translation Test the compilation Test finding the factors Testing the translation primarily means to check if the map of factors and digits is comprehensive. That´s simple, even though it might be tedious. Testing the compilation is trivial. Testing factor finding, though, is a tad more complicated. I can think of several steps: First check, if an arabic number equal to a factor is processed correctly (e.g. 1000=M). Then check if an arabic number consisting of two consecutive factors (e.g. 1900=[M,CM]) is processed correctly. Then check, if a number consisting of the same factor twice is processed correctly (e.g. 2000=[M,M]). Finally check, if an arabic number consisting of non-consecutive factors (e.g. 1400=[M,CD]) is processed correctly. I feel I can start an implementation now. If something becomes more complicated than expected I can slow down and repeat this process. 3. Implement First I write a test for the acceptance test cases. It´s red because there´s no implementation even of the API. That´s in conformance with “TDD lore”, I´d say: Next I implement the API: The acceptance test now is formally correct, but still red of course. This will not change even now that I zoom in. Because my goal is not to most quickly satisfy these tests, but to implement my solution in a stepwise manner. That I do by “faking” it: I just “assume” three functions to represent the transformation process of my solution: My hypothesis is that those three functions in conjunction produce correct results on the API-level. I just have to implement them correctly. That´s what I´m trying now – one by one. I start with a simple “detail function”: Translate(). And I start with all the test cases in the obvious equivalence partition: As you can see I dare to test a private method. Yes. That´s a white box test. But as you´ll see it won´t make my tests brittle. It serves a purpose right here and now: it lets me focus on getting one aspect of my solution right. Here´s the implementation to satisfy the test: It´s as simple as possible. Right how TDD wants me to do it: KISS. Now for the second equivalence partition: translating multiple factors. (It´a pattern: if you need to do something repeatedly separate the tests for doing it once and doing it multiple times.) In this partition I just need a single test case, I guess. Stepping up from a single translation to multiple translations is no rocket science: Usually I would have implemented the final code right away. Splitting it in two steps is just for “educational purposes” here. How small your implementation steps are is a matter of your programming competency. Some “see” the final code right away before their mental eye – others need to work their way towards it. Having two tests I find more important. Now for the next low hanging fruit: compilation. It´s even simpler than translation. A single test is enough, I guess. And normally I would not even have bothered to write that one, because the implementation is so simple. I don´t need to test .NET framework functionality. But again: if it serves the educational purpose… Finally the most complicated part of the solution: finding the factors. There are several equivalence partitions. But still I decide to write just a single test, since the structure of the test data is the same for all partitions: Again, I´m faking the implementation first: I focus on just the first test case. No looping yet. Faking lets me stay on a high level of abstraction. I can write down the implementation of the solution without bothering myself with details of how to actually accomplish the feat. That´s left for a drill down with a test of the fake function: There are two main equivalence partitions, I guess: either the first factor is appropriate or some next. The implementation seems easy. Both test cases are green. (Of course this only works on the premise that there´s always a matching factor. Which is the case since the smallest factor is 1.) And the first of the equivalence partitions on the higher level also is satisfied: Great, I can move on. Now for more than a single factor: Interestingly not just one test becomes green now, but all of them. Great! You might say, then I must have done not the simplest thing possible. And I would reply: I don´t care. I did the most obvious thing. But I also find this loop very simple. Even simpler than a recursion of which I had thought briefly during the problem solving phase. And by the way: Also the acceptance tests went green: Mission accomplished. At least functionality wise. Now I´ve to tidy up things a bit. TDD calls for refactoring. Not uch refactoring is needed, because I wrote the code in top-down fashion. I faked it until I made it. I endured red tests on higher levels while lower levels weren´t perfected yet. But this way I saved myself from refactoring tediousness. At the end, though, some refactoring is required. But maybe in a different way than you would expect. That´s why I rather call it “cleanup”. First I remove duplication. There are two places where factors are defined: in Translate() and in Find_factors(). So I factor the map out into a class constant. Which leads to a small conversion in Find_factors(): And now for the big cleanup: I remove all tests of private methods. They are scaffolding tests to me. They only have temporary value. They are brittle. Only acceptance tests need to remain. However, I carry over the single “digit” tests from Translate() to the acceptance test. I find them valuable to keep, since the other acceptance tests only exercise a subset of all roman “digits”. This then is my final test class: And this is the final production code: Test coverage as reported by NCrunch is 100%: Reflexion Is this the smallest possible code base for this kata? Sure not. You´ll find more concise solutions on the internet. But LOC are of relatively little concern – as long as I can understand the code quickly. So called “elegant” code, however, often is not easy to understand. The same goes for KISS code – especially if left unrefactored, as it is often the case. That´s why I progressed from requirements to final code the way I did. I first understood and solved the problem on a conceptual level. Then I implemented it top down according to my design. I also could have implemented it bottom-up, since I knew some bottom of the solution. That´s the leaves of the functional decomposition tree. Where things became fuzzy, since the design did not cover any more details as with Find_factors(), I repeated the process in the small, so to speak: fake some top level, endure red high level tests, while first solving a simpler problem. Using scaffolding tests (to be thrown away at the end) brought two advantages: Encapsulation of the implementation details was not compromised. Naturally private methods could stay private. I did not need to make them internal or public just to be able to test them. I was able to write focused tests for small aspects of the solution. No need to test everything through the solution root, the API. The bottom line thus for me is: Informed TDD produces cleaner code in a systematic way. It conforms to core principles of programming: Single Responsibility Principle and/or Separation of Concerns. Distinct roles in development – being a researcher, being an engineer, being a craftsman – are represented as different phases. First find what, what there is. Then devise a solution. Then code the solution, manifest the solution in code. Writing tests first is a good practice. But it should not be taken dogmatic. And above all it should not be overloaded with purposes. And finally: moving from top to bottom through a design produces refactored code right away. Clean code thus almost is inevitable – and not left to a refactoring step at the end which is skipped often for different reasons.   PS: Yes, I have done this kata several times. But that has only an impact on the time needed for phases 1 and 2. I won´t skip them because of that. And there are no shortcuts during implementation because of that.

    Read the article

  • Windows 7 intermittently drops wired internet/lan connection.

    - by CraigTP
    In a nutshell, my Windows 7 Ultimate PC intermittently drops it's internet connection. Why? Background: My PC is wired to my ADSL modem/router which is directly connected to the phone line. I also have wireless connectivity turned on within the router for a laptop to connect wirelessly. Every few hours or so, when using my PC, I find I cannot access the internet and pages will not load. Eventually, Windows7 will update the network icon in the task-tray to show the exclamation mark symbol on the network icon. Opening up the Network And Sharing Centre will show the red cross between the "Multiple Networks" and "The Internet". Here's a picture of the "Network And Sharing Centre" (grabbed when everything was working!) As you can see, I'm running Sun's VirtualBox on this machine and that creates a Network connection for itself. This doesn't seem to affect the intermittent dropping (i.e. the intermittent drops occur whether the VirtualBox connection is in use or not). When the connection does drop, I cannot access any internet pages, nor can I access the router's web admin page at http://192.168.1.1/, so I'm assuming I've lost all local LAN access too. It's definitely not the router (or the internet connection itself) as my laptop, using the wireless connection (and running Vista Home Premium) continues to be able to access the internet (and the router's web admin pages) just fine. Every time this happens, I can immediately restore all internet and LAN access by opening Network Adapter page, disabling the "Local Area Connection" and then re-enabling it. Give it a few seconds and everything is fine again. I assume this is because, beneath the GUI, it's effectively doing an "ipconfig /release" then "ipconfig /renew". Why does this happen in the first place, though? I've googled for this and seen quite a few other people (even on MSDN/Technet forums) experiencing the same or almost the same problem, but with no clear resolution. Suggestions of turning off IPv6 on the LAN adapter, and ensuring there's no power management "sleeping" the network adapter have been tried but do not cure the problem. There does not seem to be any particular sequence of events that cause it to happen either. I've had it go twice in 20 minutes when just randomly browsing the web with no other traffic, and I've also had it go once then not go again for 2-3 hours with the same sort of usage. Can anyone tell me why this is happening and how to make it stop? EDIT: Additional information based upon the answer provided so far: Firstly, I forgot the mention that this is Windows 7 64 bit if that makes any difference at all. I mentioned that I don't think the VirtualBox network adpater is causing this problem in any way, and I also have VirtualBox installed on two other machines, one running Vista Home Premium and the other running XP. Neither of these machine experience the same network connectivity issues as the Windows 7 machine. The IP assignment for the Windows 7 machine is the same both before and after the "drop". I have a DHCP server on the router issuing IP Addresses, however my Windows 7 machine uses a static address. Here's the output from "ipconfig": Ethernet adapter Local Area Connection: Connection-specific DNS Suffix . : Description . . . . . . . . . . . : Realtek PCIe GBE Family Controller DHCP Enabled. . . . . . . . . . . : No Autoconfiguration Enabled . . . . : Yes IPv4 Address. . . . . . . . . . . : 192.168.1.2(Preferred) Subnet Mask . . . . . . . . . . . : 255.255.255.0 Default Gateway . . . . . . . . . : 192.168.1.1 DNS Servers . . . . . . . . . . . : 192.168.1.1 NetBIOS over Tcpip. . . . . . . . : Enabled Within the system's event logs, the only event that relates to the connection dropping is a "DNS Client Event" and this is generated after the connection has dropped and is an event detailing that DNS information can't be found for whatever website I may be trying to access, just as the connection drops: Log Name: System Source: Microsoft-Windows-DNS-Client Event ID: 1014 Task Category: None Level: Warning Keywords: User: NETWORK SERVICE Description: Name resolution for the name weather.service.msn.com timed out after none of the configured DNS servers responded. The network adapter chipset is Realtek PCIe GBE Family Controller and I have confirmed that this is the correct chipset for the motherboard (Asus M4A77TD PRO), and in fact, Windows Update installed an updated driver for this on 12/Jan/2009. The details of the update say that it's a Realtek software update from December 2009. Incidentally, I was still having the same intermittent problems prior to this update. It seems to have made no difference at all. EDIT 2 (1 Feb 2010): In my quest to solve this problem, I have discovered some more interesting information. On another forum, someone suggested that I should try running Windows in "Safe Mode With Networking" and see if the problem continues to occur. This was a fantastic suggestion and I don't know why I didn't think of it sooner myself. So, I proceeded to run in Safe Mode with Networking for a number of hours, and amazingly, the "drops" didn't occur once. It was a positive discovery, however, due to the intermittent nature of the original problem, I wasn't completely convinced that the problem was cured. One thing I did note is that the fan on my GFX card was running alot louder than normal. This is due to the fact that I have an ASUS ENGTS250 graphics card (http://www.asus.com/product.aspx?P_ID=B6imcoax3MRY42f3) which had a known problem with a noisy fan until a BIOS update fixed the issue. (See the "Manufacturer Response" here: http://www.newegg.com/Product/Product.aspx?Item=N82E16814121334 for details). Well, running in safe mode had the fan running (incorrectly) at full speed (as it did before the BIOS update), but with an (apparently) stable network connection. Obviously some driver was not loaded for the GFX card when in Safe Mode so this got me thinking about the GFX card (since the very noisy fan was quite obvious when running in Safe Mode). I rebooted into normal mode, and found that Nvidia had a very up-to-date new driver for my GFX card (only about 1 week old), so I downloaded the appropriate driver and installed it. After installation and a reboot, I was able to use my PC for an entire day with NO NETWORK DROPS!!! This was on Saturday. However, on the Sunday, I also had my PC for pretty much the entire day and experienced 2 network drops. No other changes have been made to my PC in this time. So, the story seems to be that updating my graphics card drivers seems to have improved (if not completely fixed) the issue, however, I'm still searching for a proper fix for this problem. Hopefully, this information may help anyone who may have additional ideas as to why this problem is occuring in the first place. (And why does new GFX card drivers have anything to do with the network?) I appreciate everyone's feedback so far. However, I'll have to ask once more if anyone has any further ideas of how to fix this particular problem? Thanks in advance.

    Read the article

  • Linux e1000e (Intel networking driver) problems galore, where do I start?

    - by Evan Carroll
    I'm currently having a major problem with e1000e (not working at all) in Ubuntu Maverick (1.0.2-k4), after resume I'm getting a lot of stuff in dmesg: [ 9085.820197] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: PCI INT A disabled [ 9089.907756] e1000e: Intel(R) PRO/1000 Network Driver - 1.0.2-k4 [ 9089.907762] e1000e: Copyright (c) 1999 - 2009 Intel Corporation. [ 9089.907797] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: Disabling ASPM L1 [ 9089.907827] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: PCI INT A -> GSI 16 (level, low) -> IRQ 16 [ 9089.907857] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: setting latency timer to 64 [ 9089.908529] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: irq 44 for MSI/MSI-X [ 9089.908922] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: Disabling ASPM L0s [ 9089.908954] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: (unregistered net_device): PHY reset is blocked due to SOL/IDER session. [ 9090.024625] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: eth0: (PCI Express:2.5GB/s:Width x1) 00:0a:e4:3e:ce:74 [ 9090.024630] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: eth0: Intel(R) PRO/1000 Network Connection [ 9090.024712] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: eth0: MAC: 2, PHY: 2, PBA No: 005302-003 [ 9090.109492] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: irq 44 for MSI/MSI-X [ 9090.164219] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: irq 44 for MSI/MSI-X and, a bunch of [ 2128.005447] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: eth0: Detected Hardware Unit Hang: [ 2128.005452] TDH <89> [ 2128.005454] TDT <27> [ 2128.005456] next_to_use <27> [ 2128.005458] next_to_clean <88> [ 2128.005460] buffer_info[next_to_clean]: [ 2128.005463] time_stamp <6e608> [ 2128.005465] next_to_watch <8a> [ 2128.005467] jiffies <6f929> [ 2128.005469] next_to_watch.status <0> [ 2128.005471] MAC Status <80080703> [ 2128.005473] PHY Status <796d> [ 2128.005475] PHY 1000BASE-T Status <4000> [ 2128.005477] PHY Extended Status <3000> [ 2128.005480] PCI Status <10> I decided to compile the latest stable e1000e to 1.2.17, now I'm getting: [ 9895.678050] e1000e: Intel(R) PRO/1000 Network Driver - 1.2.17-NAPI [ 9895.678055] e1000e: Copyright(c) 1999 - 2010 Intel Corporation. [ 9895.678098] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: Disabling ASPM L1 [ 9895.678129] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: PCI INT A -> GSI 16 (level, low) -> IRQ 16 [ 9895.678162] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: setting latency timer to 64 [ 9895.679136] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: irq 44 for MSI/MSI-X [ 9895.679160] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: Disabling ASPM L0s [ 9895.679192] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: (unregistered net_device): PHY reset is blocked due to SOL/IDER session. [ 9895.791758] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: eth0: (PCI Express:2.5GB/s:Width x1) 00:0a:e4:3e:ce:74 [ 9895.791766] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: eth0: Intel(R) PRO/1000 Network Connection [ 9895.791850] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: eth0: MAC: 3, PHY: 2, PBA No: 005302-003 [ 9895.892464] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: irq 44 for MSI/MSI-X [ 9895.948175] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: irq 44 for MSI/MSI-X [ 9895.949111] ADDRCONF(NETDEV_UP): eth0: link is not ready [ 9895.954694] e1000e: eth0 NIC Link is Up 10 Mbps Full Duplex, Flow Control: RX/TX [ 9895.954703] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: eth0: 10/100 speed: disabling TSO [ 9895.955157] ADDRCONF(NETDEV_CHANGE): eth0: link becomes ready [ 9906.832056] eth0: no IPv6 routers present With 1.2.20 I get: [ 9711.525465] e1000e: Intel(R) PRO/1000 Network Driver - 1.2.20-NAPI [ 9711.525472] e1000e: Copyright(c) 1999 - 2010 Intel Corporation. [ 9711.525521] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: Disabling ASPM L1 [ 9711.525554] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: PCI INT A -> GSI 16 (level, low) -> IRQ 16 [ 9711.525586] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: setting latency timer to 64 [ 9711.526460] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: irq 45 for MSI/MSI-X [ 9711.526487] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: Disabling ASPM L0s [ 9711.526523] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: (unregistered net_device): PHY reset is blocked due to SOL/IDER session. [ 9711.639763] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: eth0: (PCI Express:2.5GB/s:Width x1) 00:0a:e4:3e:ce:74 [ 9711.639771] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: eth0: Intel(R) PRO/1000 Network Connection [ 9711.639854] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: eth0: MAC: 3, PHY: 2, PBA No: 005302-003 [ 9712.060770] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: irq 45 for MSI/MSI-X [ 9712.116195] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: irq 45 for MSI/MSI-X [ 9712.117098] ADDRCONF(NETDEV_UP): eth0: link is not ready [ 9712.122684] e1000e: eth0 NIC Link is Up 100 Mbps Full Duplex, Flow Control: RX/TX [ 9712.122693] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: eth0: 10/100 speed: disabling TSO [ 9712.123142] ADDRCONF(NETDEV_CHANGE): eth0: link becomes ready [ 9722.920014] eth0: no IPv6 routers present But, I'm still getting these [ 9982.992851] PCI Status <10> [ 9984.993602] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: eth0: Detected Hardware Unit Hang: [ 9984.993606] TDH <5d> [ 9984.993608] TDT <6b> [ 9984.993611] next_to_use <6b> [ 9984.993613] next_to_clean <5b> [ 9984.993615] buffer_info[next_to_clean]: [ 9984.993617] time_stamp <24da80> [ 9984.993619] next_to_watch <5d> [ 9984.993621] jiffies <24f200> [ 9984.993624] next_to_watch.status <0> [ 9984.993626] MAC Status <80080703> [ 9984.993628] PHY Status <796d> [ 9984.993630] PHY 1000BASE-T Status <4000> [ 9984.993632] PHY Extended Status <3000> [ 9984.993635] PCI Status <10> [ 9986.001047] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: eth0: Reset adapter [ 9986.176202] e1000e: eth0 NIC Link is Up 10 Mbps Full Duplex, Flow Control: RX/TX [ 9986.176211] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: eth0: 10/100 speed: disabling TSO I'm not sure where to start troubleshooting this. Any ideas? Here is the result of ethtool -d eth0 MAC Registers ------------- 0x00000: CTRL (Device control register) 0x18100248 Endian mode (buffers): little Link reset: reset Set link up: 1 Invert Loss-Of-Signal: no Receive flow control: enabled Transmit flow control: enabled VLAN mode: disabled Auto speed detect: disabled Speed select: 1000Mb/s Force speed: no Force duplex: no 0x00008: STATUS (Device status register) 0x80080703 Duplex: full Link up: link config TBI mode: disabled Link speed: 10Mb/s Bus type: PCI Express Port number: 0 0x00100: RCTL (Receive control register) 0x04048002 Receiver: enabled Store bad packets: disabled Unicast promiscuous: disabled Multicast promiscuous: disabled Long packet: disabled Descriptor minimum threshold size: 1/2 Broadcast accept mode: accept VLAN filter: enabled Canonical form indicator: disabled Discard pause frames: filtered Pass MAC control frames: don't pass Receive buffer size: 2048 0x02808: RDLEN (Receive desc length) 0x00001000 0x02810: RDH (Receive desc head) 0x00000001 0x02818: RDT (Receive desc tail) 0x000000F0 0x02820: RDTR (Receive delay timer) 0x00000000 0x00400: TCTL (Transmit ctrl register) 0x3103F0FA Transmitter: enabled Pad short packets: enabled Software XOFF Transmission: disabled Re-transmit on late collision: enabled 0x03808: TDLEN (Transmit desc length) 0x00001000 0x03810: TDH (Transmit desc head) 0x00000000 0x03818: TDT (Transmit desc tail) 0x00000000 0x03820: TIDV (Transmit delay timer) 0x00000008 PHY type: IGP2 and ethtool -c eth0 Coalesce parameters for eth0: Adaptive RX: off TX: off stats-block-usecs: 0 sample-interval: 0 pkt-rate-low: 0 pkt-rate-high: 0 rx-usecs: 3 rx-frames: 0 rx-usecs-irq: 0 rx-frames-irq: 0 tx-usecs: 0 tx-frames: 0 tx-usecs-irq: 0 tx-frames-irq: 0 rx-usecs-low: 0 rx-frame-low: 0 tx-usecs-low: 0 tx-frame-low: 0 rx-usecs-high: 0 rx-frame-high: 0 tx-usecs-high: 0 tx-frame-high: 0 Here is also the lspci -vvv for this controller 02:00.0 Ethernet controller: Intel Corporation 82573L Gigabit Ethernet Controller Subsystem: Lenovo ThinkPad X60s Control: I/O+ Mem+ BusMaster+ SpecCycle- MemWINV- VGASnoop- ParErr- Stepping- SERR+ FastB2B- DisINTx+ Status: Cap+ 66MHz- UDF- FastB2B- ParErr- DEVSEL=fast >TAbort- <TAbort- <MAbort- >SERR- <PERR- INTx- Latency: 0, Cache Line Size: 64 bytes Interrupt: pin A routed to IRQ 45 Region 0: Memory at ee000000 (32-bit, non-prefetchable) [size=128K] Region 2: I/O ports at 2000 [size=32] Capabilities: [c8] Power Management version 2 Flags: PMEClk- DSI+ D1- D2- AuxCurrent=0mA PME(D0+,D1-,D2-,D3hot+,D3cold+) Status: D0 NoSoftRst- PME-Enable- DSel=0 DScale=1 PME- Capabilities: [d0] MSI: Enable+ Count=1/1 Maskable- 64bit+ Address: 00000000fee0300c Data: 415a Capabilities: [e0] Express (v1) Endpoint, MSI 00 DevCap: MaxPayload 256 bytes, PhantFunc 0, Latency L0s <512ns, L1 <64us ExtTag- AttnBtn- AttnInd- PwrInd- RBE- FLReset- DevCtl: Report errors: Correctable+ Non-Fatal+ Fatal+ Unsupported+ RlxdOrd+ ExtTag- PhantFunc- AuxPwr- NoSnoop+ MaxPayload 128 bytes, MaxReadReq 512 bytes DevSta: CorrErr- UncorrErr- FatalErr- UnsuppReq- AuxPwr+ TransPend- LnkCap: Port #0, Speed 2.5GT/s, Width x1, ASPM L0s L1, Latency L0 <128ns, L1 <64us ClockPM+ Surprise- LLActRep- BwNot- LnkCtl: ASPM Disabled; RCB 64 bytes Disabled- Retrain- CommClk+ ExtSynch- ClockPM+ AutWidDis- BWInt- AutBWInt- LnkSta: Speed 2.5GT/s, Width x1, TrErr- Train- SlotClk+ DLActive- BWMgmt- ABWMgmt- Capabilities: [100 v1] Advanced Error Reporting UESta: DLP- SDES- TLP- FCP- CmpltTO- CmpltAbrt- UnxCmplt- RxOF- MalfTLP- ECRC- UnsupReq+ ACSViol- UEMsk: DLP- SDES- TLP- FCP- CmpltTO- CmpltAbrt- UnxCmplt- RxOF- MalfTLP- ECRC- UnsupReq- ACSViol- UESvrt: DLP+ SDES- TLP- FCP+ CmpltTO- CmpltAbrt- UnxCmplt- RxOF+ MalfTLP+ ECRC- UnsupReq- ACSViol- CESta: RxErr- BadTLP- BadDLLP- Rollover- Timeout- NonFatalErr- CEMsk: RxErr- BadTLP- BadDLLP- Rollover- Timeout- NonFatalErr- AERCap: First Error Pointer: 14, GenCap- CGenEn- ChkCap- ChkEn- Capabilities: [140 v1] Device Serial Number 00-0a-e4-ff-ff-3e-ce-74 Kernel driver in use: e1000e Kernel modules: e1000e I filed a bug on this upstream, still no idea how to get more useful information. Here is a the result of the running that script EEPROM FIX UPDATE $ sudo bash fixeep-82573-dspd.sh eth0 eth0: is a "82573L Gigabit Ethernet Controller" This fixup is applicable to your hardware Your eeprom is up to date, no changes were made Do I still need to do anything? Also here is my EEPROM dump $ sudo ethtool -e eth0 Offset Values ------ ------ 0x0000 00 0a e4 3e ce 74 30 0b b2 ff 51 00 ff ff ff ff 0x0010 53 00 03 02 6b 02 7e 20 aa 17 9a 10 86 80 df 80 0x0020 00 00 00 20 54 7e 00 00 14 00 da 00 04 00 00 27 0x0030 c9 6c 50 31 3e 07 0b 04 8b 29 00 00 00 f0 02 0f 0x0040 08 10 00 00 04 0f ff 7f 01 4d ff ff ff ff ff ff 0x0050 14 00 1d 00 14 00 1d 00 af aa 1e 00 00 00 1d 00 0x0060 00 01 00 40 1f 12 07 40 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff 0x0070 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff 4a e0 I'd also like to note that I used eth0 every day for years and until recently never had an issue.

    Read the article

  • webserver horrible slow, sometimes incredible fast

    - by dhanke
    i am running a small community ( 6000+ Members ) on a non-virtual 64-bit ubuntu 11.04 system. I am not a Linux-pro, not even advanced, i just tried to setup a webserver, which does nothing special actually. Delivering some dynamic PHP and RoR websites is its task. So it might be that my configuration files do look horrible bad. Also, i might use the wrong vocabulary, so in doubt, please ask. Having a current all-time record of 520 registered users (board-accounts, no system-users) online at same time, average server-load is about 2.0 - 5.0. Meantime (~250 users) average server load value is at about 0.4 - 0.8, sometimes, on some expensive searches a bit higher. everything fine. From time to time however, the load increases up to 120 (120.0, not 12.0 ;) ). In this time, its hard to even connect via SSH, but when i reach the server, and use top/htop/iotop to see whats happening, i cannot identify any process causing high CPU load. iotop tells me about a current reading/writing speed of about approx. 70kb/s, which is quite equal to power-off i think. Memory-Usage is max. at ~ 12GB of 16GB, so swap remains empty. now the odd (at least for me:) waiting some minutes ( since i always get a bit into a panic when this happens, it feels like 5 minutes, but i suppose its more like 20-30 minutes) and the server is back to normal. everything continues as normal. another odd fact: when i run hdparm -tT /dev/sda, i get answer like: /dev/sda: Timing cached reads: 7180 MB in 2.00 seconds = 3591.13 MB/sec Timing buffered disk reads: 348 MB in 3.02 seconds = 115.41 MB/sec when i run the same command while the server is "frozen", the answer is like /dev/sda: <- takes about 5 minutes until this line appears Timing cached reads: 7180 MB in 2.00 seconds = 3591.13 MB/sec <- 5 more minutes Timing buffered disk reads: 348 MB in 3.02 seconds = 115.41 MB/sec <- another 5 minutes so the values are the same, but the quoted time is completely wrong. using time command as prefix also tells me that ~ 15 minutes were used. I searched in dmesg, /var/log/[messages|syslog] - nothing found. /var/log/errors however tells me that: Jul 4 20:28:30 localhost kernel: [19080.671415] INFO: task php5-fpm:27728 blocked for more than 120 seconds. Jul 4 20:28:30 localhost kernel: [19080.671419] "echo 0 /proc/sys/kernel/hung_task_timeout_secs" disables this message. multiple times. now that message does tell me that php5-fpm task was blocked or did block ? - but not if that is the cause or just one of the results of that "freeze". Anyone? to cut the long story short, i dont know where even to start analyzing. So if you can give me any advice by looking at following specs and configs, or ask me to provide more information, i`d be glad. Specs: 6 Core AMD Phenom(tm) II X6 1055T Processor * 16 Gigabyte Ram 2x 1.5 TB Seagate ST1500DL003-9VT16L via SATA 3 via SoftwareRaid (i suppose) Services: (due to service --status-all, those with [ + ]) nginx Webserver 1.0.14 mySQL 5.1.63 Server Ruby on Rails 2.3.11 ( passenger-nginx-module ) php5-fpm 5.3.6-13ubuntu3.7 SSH ido2db Further services: default crontab + nightly backup. syslog-ng Website consists of 2 subdomains, forum. and www. where forum is a phpBB3.x PHP-Board, and www a Ruby on Rails 2.3.11 application (portal). Mini-Note: sometimes i notice that the forum is pretty slow, in contrast to the always-fast (except for this "freeze") portal. Both share the same Database, but the portal is using it read-only. The Webserver is nginx, using phusion passenger module to communicate with the ruby-application. Also, for the forum it communicates with php5-fpm via socket: relevant nginx configuration parts ( with comments/questions starting by ; ) ; in case of freeze due to too high Filesystem activity, maybe adding a limit? #worker_rlimit_nofile 50000; user www-data; ; 6 cores, so i read 6 fits. maybe already wrong? worker_processes 6; pid /var/run/nginx.pid; events { worker_connections 1024; } http { passenger_root /var/lib/gems/1.8/gems/passenger-3.0.11; passenger_ruby /usr/bin/ruby1.8; ; the forum once featured a chat, which was working w/o websockets. ; so it was a hell of pull requests (deactivated now, freeze still happening) keepalive_timeout 65; keepalive_requests 50; gzip on; server { listen 80; server_name www.domain.tld; root /var/www/domain/rails/public; passenger_enabled on; } server { listen 80; server_name forum.domain.tld; location / { root /var/www/domain/forum; index index.php; } ; satic stuff to be handled by nginx location ~* ^/style/.+.(jpg|jpeg|gif|css|png|js|ico|xml)$ { access_log off; expires 30d; root /var/www/domain/forum/; } ; now the php magic, note the "backend"-fcgi_pass location ~ .php$ { fastcgi_split_path_info ^(.+\.php)(.*)$; fastcgi_pass backend; fastcgi_index index.php; fastcgi_param SCRIPT_FILENAME /var/www/domain/forum$fastcgi_script_name; include fastcgi_params; fastcgi_param QUERY_STRING $query_string; fastcgi_param REQUEST_METHOD $request_method; fastcgi_param CONTENT_TYPE $content_type; fastcgi_param CONTENT_LENGTH $content_length; fastcgi_intercept_errors on; fastcgi_ignore_client_abort off; fastcgi_connect_timeout 60; fastcgi_send_timeout 180; fastcgi_read_timeout 180; fastcgi_buffer_size 128k; fastcgi_buffers 256 16k; fastcgi_busy_buffers_size 256k; fastcgi_temp_file_write_size 256k; fastcgi_max_temp_file_size 0; } location ~ /\.ht { deny all; } } ;the php5-fpm socket. i read that /dev/shm/ whould be the fastes place for this. bad idea in general? upstream backend { server unix:/dev/shm/phpfpm; } ... } php5-fpm settings (i changed this values due to php5-fpm error log messages higher and higher.. (freeze-problem was there before as well)* listen = /dev/shm/phpfpm user = www-data group = www-data pm = dynamic ; holy, 4000! well, shinking this value to earth-level gave me ; 100s of 502 bad gateway commands. this values were quite stable. ; since there are only max 520 users online i dont get it, why i would need ; as many children as configured here. due to keep-alive maybe? ; asking questions is easier for me since restarting server will make ; my community-members angry ;) pm.max_children = 4000 pm.start_servers = 100 pm.min_spare_servers = 50 pm.max_spare_servers = 150 pm.max_requests = 10 pm.status_path = /status ping.path = /ping ping.response = pong slowlog = log/$pool.log.slow ;should i use rlimit? ;rlimit_files = 1024 chdir = / mysql/my.cnf [client] port = 3306 socket = /var/run/mysqld/mysqld.sock [mysqld_safe] socket = /var/run/mysqld/mysqld.sock nice = 0 [mysqld] user = mysql socket = /var/run/mysqld/mysqld.sock port = 3306 basedir = /usr datadir = /var/lib/mysql tmpdir = /tmp skip-external-locking bind-address = 127.0.0.1 key_buffer = 16M max_allowed_packet = 16M thread_stack = 192K thread_cache_size = 8 myisam-recover = BACKUP ; high number, but less gives some phpBB errors. max_connections = 450 table_cache = 512 ; i read twice the cpu cores, bad? thread_concurrency = 12 join_buffer_size = 2084K concurrent_insert = 3 query_cache_limit = 64M query_cache_size = 512M query_cache_type = 1 log_error = /var/log/mysql/error.log log_slow_queries = /var/log/mysql/mysql-slow.log long_query_time = 2 expire_logs_days = 10 max_binlog_size = 100M low_priority_updates=1 [mysqldump] quick quote-names max_allowed_packet = 16M [isamchk] key_buffer = 16M !includedir /etc/mysql/conf.d/ I used smartctl already, hdds seem to be fine. /proc/mdstatus quotes: Personalities : [raid1] [linear] [multipath] [raid0] [raid6] [raid5] [raid4] [raid10] md3 : active raid1 sda3[1] 1459264192 blocks [2/1] [_U] md1 : active raid1 sda1[0] 3911680 blocks [2/1] [U_] unused devices: ulimit -a core file size (blocks, -c) 0 data seg size (kbytes, -d) unlimited scheduling priority (-e) 0 file size (blocks, -f) unlimited pending signals (-i) 127727 max locked memory (kbytes, -l) 64 max memory size (kbytes, -m) unlimited open files (-n) 1024 pipe size (512 bytes, -p) 8 POSIX message queues (bytes, -q) 819200 real-time priority (-r) 0 stack size (kbytes, -s) 8192 cpu time (seconds, -t) unlimited max user processes (-u) 127727 virtual memory (kbytes, -v) unlimited file locks (-x) unlimited I quote some questions in my configuration files, these are not (intentional) directly problem-related, but would be nice for me to know wether they are indeed questionable or done right. One additional Fact: my MYSQL-database is at 12GB size. i dont know if that does matter, but mytop sometimes shows me 4-5 seconds long insert queries, some are 20-30 seconds long. Its just a feeling that i am unable to prove (because i dont know how), but when i disable the database, the freeze seems not to happen. Example: i created a dummy rails application to see the development log. the app made some sql-queries, reads and inserts. the log quite often was like: DbTest Load (0.3ms) SELECT * FROM `db_test` WHERE (`db_test`.`id` = 31722) LIMIT 1 SQL (0.1ms) BEGIN DbTest Update (0.3ms) UPDATE `db_test` SET `updated_at` = '2012-07-04 23:32:34' WHERE `id` = 31722 - now the log stands still for 5-60 seconds. SQL (49.1ms) COMMIT - SQL-Update time in the log does not include freeze time Rendering test/index Completed in 96ms (View: 16, DB: 59) | 200 OK [http://localhost:9000/test] Bad part is: this mini-freeze here only happens from time to time as well. note: meanwhile i cannot even upload files via scp. I currently feel like running form bad to worse and back by googling for my server-problem due to immense lack of knowledge regarding server configurations. It still makes me wonder, why those problems even appear, since 250 users a time is not such a high amount, right? So my questions: whats wrong and how to fix? ;) or: what information can i provide to make the situation more clear? can you point at some critical bad configuration-line which i should consider to catch up in the documentation? are there any tools i can run to see some possible bottlenecks? any further advice? (next to: "pay someone who knows what he does" - its a private project, server costs enough already. :)) Thanks for your time and help. Best Regards, Daniel P.S.: i renamed the configfiles to domain.tld since i dont want to have any % more load to the server until its fixed. might be a exaggeratedly thought.. P.P.S: if i asked a complete duplicate question, sorry. my search results seemed to be quite specific in their own way.

    Read the article

  • After connecting wlan0 to bridge interface (and then removing it), can't connect to AP

    - by gmonk
    I'm on a laptop running Debian Jessie with kernel 3.13-1-amd64; lspci shows that my wireless NIC + driver is 04:00.0 Network controller: Intel Corporation Wireless 3160 (rev 83) Subsystem: Intel Corporation Dual Band Wireless-AC 3160 Kernel driver in use: iwlwifi This has been working without any problems, until I tried creating a bridge for lxc containers to use. I did the same thing as this person here: How-to set up a network bridge on a laptop for LXC use? -- and ended up having the same problem as this poster did, so I decided to "undo" my actions. This hasn't been successful. Actions taken so far: To configure the bridge: #> ip link add type veth #> iw dev wlan0 set 4addr on #> ifconfig veth0 up #> brctl addbr br0 #> brctl addif br0 wlan0 #> brctl addif br0 veth0 #> ifconfig br0 192.168.0.4/24 #> ifconfig wlan0 0.0.0.0 To "deconfigure": #> brctl delif br0 wlan0 #> brctl delif br0 veth0 #> iw dev wlan0 set 4addr off #> ifconfig veth0 down #> ifconfig wlan0 down #> ifconfig br0 down #> brctl delbr br0 Now, dmesg and /var/log/syslog show repeated attempts at connecting to the AP that was working before, which fail after authentication: May 27 09:16:01 myhostname kernel: [11350.757172] wlan0: authenticate with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 May 27 09:16:01 myhostname kernel: [11350.759036] wlan0: send auth to 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (try 1/3) May 27 09:16:01 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: scanning -> authenticating May 27 09:16:01 myhostname wpa_supplicant[8946]: wlan0: Trying to associate with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (SSID='myaccesspoint' freq=2437 MHz) May 27 09:16:01 myhostname kernel: [11350.762615] wlan0: authenticated May 27 09:16:01 myhostname kernel: [11350.762753] iwlwifi 0000:04:00.0 wlan0: disabling HT as WMM/QoS is not supported by the AP May 27 09:16:01 myhostname kernel: [11350.762755] iwlwifi 0000:04:00.0 wlan0: disabling VHT as WMM/QoS is not supported by the AP May 27 09:16:01 myhostname kernel: [11350.765080] wlan0: associate with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (try 1/3) May 27 09:16:01 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: authenticating -> associating May 27 09:16:01 myhostname kernel: [11350.767474] wlan0: RX AssocResp from 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (capab=0x411 status=12 aid=0) May 27 09:16:01 myhostname kernel: [11350.767476] wlan0: 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 denied association (code=12) May 27 09:16:01 myhostname wpa_supplicant[8946]: wlan0: CTRL-EVENT-ASSOC-REJECT bssid=00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 status_code=12 May 27 09:16:01 myhostname kernel: [11350.788475] wlan0: deauthenticating from 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 by local choice (reason=3) May 27 09:16:01 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: associating -> disconnected May 27 09:16:01 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: disconnected -> scanning May 27 09:16:02 myhostname dhclient: DHCPDISCOVER on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 14 May 27 09:16:04 myhostname wpa_supplicant[8946]: wlan0: SME: Trying to authenticate with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (SSID='myaccesspoint' freq=2437 MHz) May 27 09:16:04 myhostname kernel: [11354.559579] wlan0: authenticate with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 May 27 09:16:04 myhostname kernel: [11354.561458] wlan0: send auth to 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (try 1/3) May 27 09:16:04 myhostname wpa_supplicant[8946]: wlan0: Trying to associate with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (SSID='myaccesspoint' freq=2437 MHz) May 27 09:16:04 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: scanning -> associating May 27 09:16:04 myhostname kernel: [11354.563445] wlan0: authenticated May 27 09:16:04 myhostname kernel: [11354.563631] iwlwifi 0000:04:00.0 wlan0: disabling HT as WMM/QoS is not supported by the AP May 27 09:16:04 myhostname kernel: [11354.563633] iwlwifi 0000:04:00.0 wlan0: disabling VHT as WMM/QoS is not supported by the AP May 27 09:16:04 myhostname kernel: [11354.565727] wlan0: associate with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (try 1/3) May 27 09:16:04 myhostname wpa_supplicant[8946]: wlan0: Associated with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 May 27 09:16:04 myhostname kernel: [11354.568091] wlan0: RX AssocResp from 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (capab=0x411 status=0 aid=9) May 27 09:16:04 myhostname kernel: [11354.569030] wlan0: associated May 27 09:16:04 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: associating -> associated May 27 09:16:05 myhostname kernel: [11354.978204] wlan0: deauthenticated from 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (Reason: 15) May 27 09:16:05 myhostname wpa_supplicant[8946]: wlan0: CTRL-EVENT-DISCONNECTED bssid=00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 reason=15 May 27 09:16:05 myhostname kernel: [11354.992729] cfg80211: Calling CRDA to update world regulatory domain May 27 09:16:05 myhostname kernel: [11354.995004] cfg80211: World regulatory domain updated: May 27 09:16:05 myhostname kernel: [11354.995005] cfg80211: (start_freq - end_freq @ bandwidth), (max_antenna_gain, max_eirp) May 27 09:16:05 myhostname kernel: [11354.995006] cfg80211: (2402000 KHz - 2472000 KHz @ 40000 KHz), (N/A, 2000 mBm) May 27 09:16:05 myhostname kernel: [11354.995007] cfg80211: (2457000 KHz - 2482000 KHz @ 40000 KHz), (N/A, 2000 mBm) May 27 09:16:05 myhostname kernel: [11354.995007] cfg80211: (2474000 KHz - 2494000 KHz @ 20000 KHz), (N/A, 2000 mBm) May 27 09:16:05 myhostname kernel: [11354.995008] cfg80211: (5170000 KHz - 5250000 KHz @ 80000 KHz), (N/A, 2000 mBm) May 27 09:16:05 myhostname kernel: [11354.995009] cfg80211: (5735000 KHz - 5835000 KHz @ 80000 KHz), (N/A, 2000 mBm) May 27 09:16:05 myhostname kernel: [11354.995010] cfg80211: (57240000 KHz - 63720000 KHz @ 2160000 KHz), (N/A, 0 mBm) May 27 09:16:05 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: associated -> disconnected May 27 09:16:05 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: disconnected -> scanning May 27 09:16:09 myhostname wpa_supplicant[8946]: wlan0: SME: Trying to authenticate with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (SSID='myaccesspoint' freq=2437 MHz) May 27 09:16:09 myhostname kernel: [11358.763968] wlan0: authenticate with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 May 27 09:16:09 myhostname kernel: [11358.765796] wlan0: send auth to 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (try 1/3) May 27 09:16:09 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: scanning -> authenticating May 27 09:16:09 myhostname wpa_supplicant[8946]: wlan0: Trying to associate with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (SSID='myaccesspoint' freq=2437 MHz) May 27 09:16:09 myhostname kernel: [11358.769957] wlan0: authenticated May 27 09:16:09 myhostname kernel: [11358.770102] iwlwifi 0000:04:00.0 wlan0: disabling HT as WMM/QoS is not supported by the AP May 27 09:16:09 myhostname kernel: [11358.770104] iwlwifi 0000:04:00.0 wlan0: disabling VHT as WMM/QoS is not supported by the AP May 27 09:16:09 myhostname kernel: [11358.770846] wlan0: associate with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (try 1/3) May 27 09:16:09 myhostname kernel: [11358.773358] wlan0: RX AssocResp from 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (capab=0x411 status=12 aid=0) May 27 09:16:09 myhostname kernel: [11358.773361] wlan0: 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 denied association (code=12) May 27 09:16:09 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: authenticating -> associating May 27 09:16:09 myhostname wpa_supplicant[8946]: wlan0: CTRL-EVENT-ASSOC-REJECT bssid=00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 status_code=12 May 27 09:16:09 myhostname kernel: [11358.802187] wlan0: deauthenticating from 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 by local choice (reason=3) May 27 09:16:09 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: associating -> disconnected May 27 09:16:09 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: disconnected -> scanning May 27 09:16:12 myhostname wpa_supplicant[8946]: wlan0: SME: Trying to authenticate with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (SSID='myaccesspoint' freq=2437 MHz) May 27 09:16:12 myhostname kernel: [11362.573442] wlan0: authenticate with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 May 27 09:16:12 myhostname kernel: [11362.575270] wlan0: send auth to 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (try 1/3) May 27 09:16:12 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: scanning -> authenticating May 27 09:16:12 myhostname wpa_supplicant[8946]: wlan0: Trying to associate with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (SSID='myaccesspoint' freq=2437 MHz) May 27 09:16:12 myhostname kernel: [11362.580334] wlan0: authenticated May 27 09:16:12 myhostname kernel: [11362.580503] iwlwifi 0000:04:00.0 wlan0: disabling HT as WMM/QoS is not supported by the AP May 27 09:16:12 myhostname kernel: [11362.580516] iwlwifi 0000:04:00.0 wlan0: disabling VHT as WMM/QoS is not supported by the AP May 27 09:16:12 myhostname kernel: [11362.583508] wlan0: associate with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (try 1/3) May 27 09:16:12 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: authenticating -> associating May 27 09:16:12 myhostname wpa_supplicant[8946]: wlan0: Associated with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 May 27 09:16:12 myhostname kernel: [11362.585908] wlan0: RX AssocResp from 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (capab=0x411 status=0 aid=9) May 27 09:16:12 myhostname kernel: [11362.586781] wlan0: associated May 27 09:16:12 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: associating -> associated May 27 09:16:13 myhostname kernel: [11362.947693] wlan0: deauthenticated from 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (Reason: 15) May 27 09:16:13 myhostname wpa_supplicant[8946]: wlan0: CTRL-EVENT-DISCONNECTED bssid=00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 reason=15 May 27 09:16:13 myhostname kernel: [11362.973461] cfg80211: Calling CRDA to update world regulatory domain May 27 09:16:13 myhostname kernel: [11362.975673] cfg80211: World regulatory domain updated: May 27 09:16:13 myhostname kernel: [11362.975675] cfg80211: (start_freq - end_freq @ bandwidth), (max_antenna_gain, max_eirp) May 27 09:16:13 myhostname kernel: [11362.975676] cfg80211: (2402000 KHz - 2472000 KHz @ 40000 KHz), (N/A, 2000 mBm) May 27 09:16:13 myhostname kernel: [11362.975677] cfg80211: (2457000 KHz - 2482000 KHz @ 40000 KHz), (N/A, 2000 mBm) May 27 09:16:13 myhostname kernel: [11362.975678] cfg80211: (2474000 KHz - 2494000 KHz @ 20000 KHz), (N/A, 2000 mBm) May 27 09:16:13 myhostname kernel: [11362.975678] cfg80211: (5170000 KHz - 5250000 KHz @ 80000 KHz), (N/A, 2000 mBm) May 27 09:16:13 myhostname kernel: [11362.975679] cfg80211: (5735000 KHz - 5835000 KHz @ 80000 KHz), (N/A, 2000 mBm) May 27 09:16:13 myhostname kernel: [11362.975679] cfg80211: (57240000 KHz - 63720000 KHz @ 2160000 KHz), (N/A, 0 mBm) May 27 09:16:13 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: associated -> disconnected May 27 09:16:13 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: disconnected -> scanning May 27 09:16:14 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <warn> Activation (wlan0/wireless): association took too long. May 27 09:16:14 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): device state change: config -> failed (reason 'no-secrets') [50 120 7] May 27 09:16:14 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> Marking connection 'Auto myaccesspoint' invalid. May 27 09:16:14 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <warn> Activation (wlan0) failed for connection 'Auto myaccesspoint' May 27 09:16:14 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): device state change: failed -> disconnected (reason 'none') [120 30 0] May 27 09:16:14 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): deactivating device (reason 'none') [0] May 27 09:16:14 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: scanning -> disconnected The things that jump out at me are "deauthenticating ... by local choice( reason=3)" and the lines that contain "(reason=15)". I've tried various fixes: iwconfig wlan0 power off killing wpa_supplicant connecting with iwconfig + dhclient instead of gnome's network -manager explicitly configuring wlan0 in /etc/network/interfaces creating a /etc/wpa_supplicant.conf file ...but nothing seems to work. I'm not sure what I did wrong, or what step I've skipped in trying to get wlan0 back as a non-bridged device -- I removed it from the bridge and then deleted the bridge itself. Any ideas?

    Read the article

  • Android WebView not loading a JavaScript file, but Android Browser loads it fine.

    - by Justin
    I'm writing an application which connects to a back office site. The backoffice site contains a whole slew of JavaScript functions, at least 100 times the average site. Unfortunately it does not load them, and causes much of the functionality to not work properly. So I am running a test. I put a page out on my server which loads the FireBugLite javascript text. Its a lot of javascript and perfect to test and see if the Android WebView will load it. The WebView loads nothing, but the browser loads the Firebug Icon. What on earth would make the difference, why can it run in the browser and not in my WebView? Any suggestions. More background information, in order to get the stinking backoffice application available on a Droid (or any other platform except windows) I needed to trick the bakcoffice application to believe what's accessing the website is Internet Explorer. I do this by modifying the WebView User Agent. Also for this application I've slimmed my landing page, so I could give you the source to offer me aid. package ksc.myKMB; import android.app.Activity; import android.app.AlertDialog; import android.app.Dialog; import android.app.ProgressDialog; import android.content.DialogInterface; import android.graphics.Bitmap; import android.os.Bundle; import android.view.Menu; import android.view.MenuInflater; import android.view.MenuItem; import android.view.Window; import android.webkit.WebChromeClient; import android.webkit.WebView; import android.webkit.WebSettings; import android.webkit.WebViewClient; import android.widget.Toast; public class myKMB extends Activity { /** Called when the activity is first created. */ @Override public void onCreate(Bundle savedInstanceState) { super.onCreate(savedInstanceState); /** Performs base set up */ /** Create a Activity of this Activity, IE myProcess */ myProcess = this; /*** Create global objects and web browsing objects */ HideDialogOnce = true; webview = new WebView(this) { }; webChromeClient = new WebChromeClient() { public void onProgressChanged(WebView view, int progress) { // Activities and WebViews measure progress with different scales. // The progress meter will automatically disappear when we reach 100% myProcess.setProgress((progress * 100)); //CreateMessage("Progress is : " + progress); } }; webViewClient = new WebViewClient() { public void onReceivedError(WebView view, int errorCode, String description, String failingUrl) { Toast.makeText(myProcess, MessageBegText + description + MessageEndText, Toast.LENGTH_SHORT).show(); } public void onPageFinished (WebView view, String url) { /** Hide dialog */ try { // loadingDialog.dismiss(); } finally { } //myProcess.setProgress(1000); /** Fon't show the dialog while I'm performing fixes */ //HideDialogOnce = true; view.loadUrl("javascript:document.getElementById('JTRANS011').style.visibility='visible';"); } public void onPageStarted(WebView view, String url, Bitmap favicon) { if (HideDialogOnce == false) { //loadingDialog = ProgressDialog.show(myProcess, "", // "One moment, the page is laoding...", true); } else { //HideDialogOnce = true; } } }; getWindow().requestFeature(Window.FEATURE_PROGRESS); webview.setWebChromeClient(webChromeClient); webview.setWebViewClient(webViewClient); setContentView(webview); /** Load the Keynote Browser Settings */ LoadSettings(); webview.loadUrl(LandingPage); } /** Get Menu */ @Override public boolean onCreateOptionsMenu(Menu menu) { MenuInflater inflater = getMenuInflater(); inflater.inflate(R.menu.menu, menu); return true; } /** an item gets pushed */ @Override public boolean onOptionsItemSelected(MenuItem item) { switch (item.getItemId()) { // We have only one menu option case R.id.quit: System.exit(0); break; case R.id.back: webview.goBack(); case R.id.refresh: webview.reload(); case R.id.info: //IncludeJavascript(""); } return true; } /** Begin Globals */ public WebView webview; public WebChromeClient webChromeClient; public WebViewClient webViewClient; public ProgressDialog loadingDialog; public Boolean HideDialogOnce; public Activity myProcess; public String OverideUserAgent_IE = "Mozilla/5.0 (Windows; MSIE 6.0; Android 1.6; en-US) AppleWebKit/525.10+ (KHTML, like Gecko) Version/3.0.4 Safari/523.12.2 myKMB/1.0"; public String LandingPage = "http://kscserver.com/main-leap-slim.html"; public String MessageBegText = "Problem making a connection, Details: "; public String MessageEndText = " For Support Call: (xxx) xxx - xxxx."; public void LoadSettings() { webview.getSettings().setUserAgentString(OverideUserAgent_IE); webview.getSettings().setJavaScriptEnabled(true); webview.getSettings().setBuiltInZoomControls(true); webview.getSettings().setSupportZoom(true); } /** Creates a message alert dialog */ public void CreateMessage(String message) { AlertDialog.Builder builder = new AlertDialog.Builder(this); builder.setMessage(message) .setCancelable(true) .setNegativeButton("Close", new DialogInterface.OnClickListener() { public void onClick(DialogInterface dialog, int id) { dialog.cancel(); } }); AlertDialog alert = builder.create(); alert.show(); } } My Application is running in the background, and as you can see no Firebug in the lower right hand corner. However the browser (the emulator on top) has the same page but shows the firebug. What am I doing wrong? I'm assuming its either not enough memory allocated to the application, process power allocation, or a physical memory thing. I can't tell, all I know is the results are strange. I get the same thing form my android device, the application shows no firebug but the browser shows the firebug.

    Read the article

  • Android Remote Service Keeps Restarting

    - by user244190
    Ok so I've built an app that uses a remote service to do some real time GPS tracking. I am using the below code to start and bind to the service. The remote service uses aidl, sets up a notification icon, runs the GPS and locationListener. In onLocationChanged, a handler sends data back to the caller via the callback. Pretty much straight out of the examples and resources online. I want to allow the service to continue running even if the app closes. When the app is restarted, I want the app to again bind to the service (using the existing service if running) and again receive data from the tracker. I currently have the app mode set to singleTask and cannot use singleinstance due to another issue. My problem is that quit often even after the app and service are shut down either from the app itself, or from AdvancedTaskKiller, or a Forceclose, the service will restart and initialize the GPS. touching on the notification will open the app. I again stop the tracking which removes the notification and turns off the GPS Close the app, and again after a few seconds the service restarts. The only way to stop it is to power off the phone. What can I do to stop this from happening. Does it have to do with the mode of operation? START_NOT_STICKY or START_REDELIVER_INTENT? Or do I need to use stopSelf()? My understanding is that if the service is not running when I use bindService() that the service will be created...so do I really need to use start/stopService also? I thought I would need to use it if I want the service to run even after the app is closed. That is why i do not unbind/stop the service in onDestroy(). Is this correct? I've not seen any other info an this, so I,m not sure where to look. Please Help! Thanks Patrick //Remote Service Startup try{ startService(); }catch (Exception e) { Toast.makeText(ctx, e.getMessage().toString(), Toast.LENGTH_SHORT).show(); } } try{ bindService(); }catch (Exception e) { Toast.makeText(ctx, e.getMessage().toString(), Toast.LENGTH_SHORT).show(); } //Remote service shutdown try { unbindService(); }catch(Exception e) { Toast.makeText(ctx, e.getMessage().toString(), Toast.LENGTH_SHORT).show(); } try{ stopService(); }catch(Exception e) { Toast.makeText(ctx, e.getMessage().toString(), Toast.LENGTH_SHORT).show(); } private void startService() { if( myAdapter.trackServiceStarted() ) { if(SETTING_DEBUG_MODE) Toast.makeText(this, "Service already started", Toast.LENGTH_SHORT).show(); started = true; if(!myAdapter.trackDataExists()) insertTrackData(); updateServiceStatus(); } else { startService( new Intent ( "com.codebase.TRACKING_SERVICE" ) ); Log.d( "startService()", "startService()" ); started = true; updateServiceStatus(); } } private void stopService() { stopService( new Intent ( "com.codebase.TRACKING_SERVICE" ) ); Log.d( "stopService()", "stopService()" ); started = false; updateServiceStatus(); } private void bindService() { bindService(new Intent(ITrackingService.class.getName()), mConnection, Context.BIND_AUTO_CREATE); bindService(new Intent(ITrackingSecondary.class.getName()), mTrackingSecondaryConnection, Context.BIND_AUTO_CREATE); started = true; } private void unbindService() { try { mTrackingService.unregisterCallback(mCallback); } catch (RemoteException e) { // There is nothing special we need to do if the service // has crashed. e.getMessage(); } try { unbindService(mTrackingSecondaryConnection); unbindService(mConnection); } catch (Exception e) { // There is nothing special we need to do if the service // has crashed. e.getMessage(); } started = false; } private ServiceConnection mConnection = new ServiceConnection() { public void onServiceConnected(ComponentName className, IBinder service) { // This is called when the connection with the service has been // established, giving us the service object we can use to // interact with the service. We are communicating with our // service through an IDL interface, so get a client-side // representation of that from the raw service object. mTrackingService = ITrackingService.Stub.asInterface(service); // We want to monitor the service for as long as we are // connected to it. try { mTrackingService.registerCallback(mCallback); } catch (RemoteException e) { // In this case the service has crashed before we could even // do anything with it; we can count on soon being // disconnected (and then reconnected if it can be restarted) // so there is no need to do anything here. } } public void onServiceDisconnected(ComponentName className) { // This is called when the connection with the service has been // unexpectedly disconnected -- that is, its process crashed. mTrackingService = null; } }; private ServiceConnection mTrackingSecondaryConnection = new ServiceConnection() { public void onServiceConnected(ComponentName className, IBinder service) { // Connecting to a secondary interface is the same as any // other interface. mTrackingSecondaryService = ITrackingSecondary.Stub.asInterface(service); try{ mTrackingSecondaryService.setTimePrecision(SETTING_TIME_PRECISION); mTrackingSecondaryService.setDistancePrecision(SETTING_DISTANCE_PRECISION); } catch (RemoteException e) { // In this case the service has crashed before we could even // do anything with it; we can count on soon being // disconnected (and then reconnected if it can be restarted) // so there is no need to do anything here. } } public void onServiceDisconnected(ComponentName className) { mTrackingSecondaryService = null; } }; //TrackService onDestry() public void onDestroy() { try{ if(lm != null) { lm.removeUpdates(this); } if(mNotificationManager != null) { mNotificationManager.cancel(R.string.local_service_started); } Toast.makeText(this, "Service stopped", Toast.LENGTH_SHORT).show(); }catch (Exception e){ Toast.makeText(this, e.getMessage(), Toast.LENGTH_SHORT).show(); } // Unregister all callbacks. mCallbacks.kill(); // Remove the next pending message to increment the counter, stopping // the increment loop. mHandler.removeMessages(REPORT_MSG); super.onDestroy(); } ServiceConnectionLeaked: I'm seeing a lot of these: 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): Activity com.codebase.GPSTest has leaked ServiceConnection com.codebase.GPSTest$6@4482d428 that was originally bound here 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): android.app.ServiceConnectionLeaked: Activity com.codebase.GPSTest has leaked ServiceConnection com.codebase.GPSTest$6@4482d428 that was originally bound here 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at android.app.ActivityThread$PackageInfo$ServiceDispatcher.<init>(ActivityThread.java:977) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at android.app.ActivityThread$PackageInfo.getServiceDispatcher(ActivityThread.java:872) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at android.app.ApplicationContext.bindService(ApplicationContext.java:796) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at android.content.ContextWrapper.bindService(ContextWrapper.java:337) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at com.codebase.GPSTest.bindService(GPSTest.java:2206) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at com.codebase.GPSTest.onStartStopClick(GPSTest.java:1589) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at com.codebase.GPSTest.onResume(GPSTest.java:1210) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at android.app.Instrumentation.callActivityOnResume(Instrumentation.java:1149) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at android.app.Activity.performResume(Activity.java:3763) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at android.app.ActivityThread.performResumeActivity(ActivityThread.java:2937) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at android.app.ActivityThread.handleResumeActivity(ActivityThread.java:2965) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at android.app.ActivityThread.handleLaunchActivity(ActivityThread.java:2516) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at android.app.ActivityThread.handleRelaunchActivity(ActivityThread.java:3625) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at android.app.ActivityThread.access$2300(ActivityThread.java:119) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at android.app.ActivityThread$H.handleMessage(ActivityThread.java:1867) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at android.os.Handler.dispatchMessage(Handler.java:99) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at android.os.Looper.loop(Looper.java:123) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at android.app.ActivityThread.main(ActivityThread.java:4363) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invokeNative(Native Method) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invoke(Method.java:521) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit$MethodAndArgsCaller.run(ZygoteInit.java:860) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit.main(ZygoteInit.java:618) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at dalvik.system.NativeStart.main(Native Method) And These: Is this ok, or do I need to make sure i deactivate/close 04-21 09:58:55.487: INFO/dalvikvm(3440): Uncaught exception thrown by finalizer (will be discarded): 04-21 09:58:55.487: INFO/dalvikvm(3440): Ljava/lang/IllegalStateException;: Finalizing cursor android.database.sqlite.SQLiteCursor@447ef258 on gps_data that has not been deactivated or closed 04-21 09:58:55.487: INFO/dalvikvm(3440): at android.database.sqlite.SQLiteCursor.finalize(SQLiteCursor.java:596) 04-21 09:58:55.487: INFO/dalvikvm(3440): at dalvik.system.NativeStart.run(Native Method)

    Read the article

  • Out of memory exception during scrolling of listview

    - by user1761316
    I am using facebook data like postedpicture,profile picture,name,message in my listview.I am getting an OOM error while doing fast scrolling of listview. I am also having scrollviewlistener in my application that loads more data when the scrollbar reaches the bottom of the screen.I just want to know whether I need to change anything in this class. imageLoader.DisplayImage(postimage.get(position).replace(" ", "%20"), postimg) ; I am using the above line to call the method in this imageloader class to set the bitmap to imageview. Here is my imageloader class import java.io.File; import java.io.FileInputStream; import java.io.FileNotFoundException; import java.io.FileOutputStream; import java.io.InputStream; import java.io.OutputStream; import java.net.HttpURLConnection; import java.net.URL; import java.util.Collections; import java.util.Map; import java.util.Stack; import java.util.WeakHashMap; import com.stellent.beerbro.Wall; import android.app.Activity; import android.content.Context; import android.graphics.Bitmap; import android.graphics.Bitmap.Config; import android.graphics.BitmapFactory; import android.graphics.Canvas; import android.graphics.Paint; import android.graphics.PorterDuff.Mode; import android.graphics.PorterDuffXfermode; import android.graphics.Rect; import android.graphics.RectF; import android.graphics.drawable.BitmapDrawable; import android.util.Log; import android.widget.ImageView; public class ImageLoader { MemoryCache memoryCache=new MemoryCache(); FileCache fileCache; private Map<ImageView, String> imageViews=Collections.synchronizedMap(new WeakHashMap<ImageView, String>()); public ImageLoader(Context context){ //Make the background thead low priority. This way it will not affect the UI performance photoLoaderThread.setPriority(Thread.NORM_PRIORITY-1); fileCache=new FileCache(context); } // final int stub_id=R.drawable.stub; public void DisplayImage(String url,ImageView imageView) { imageViews.put(imageView, url); System.gc(); // Bitmap bitmap=createScaledBitmap(memoryCache.get(url), 100,100,0); Bitmap bitmap=memoryCache.get(url); // Bitmap bitmaps=bitmap.createScaledBitmap(bitmap, 0, 100, 100); if(bitmap!=null) { imageView.setBackgroundDrawable(new BitmapDrawable(bitmap)); // imageView.setImageBitmap(getRoundedCornerBitmap( bitmap, 10,70,70)); // imageView.setImageBitmap(bitmap); // Log.v("first", "first"); } else { queuePhoto(url, imageView); // Log.v("second", "second"); } } private Bitmap createScaledBitmap(Bitmap bitmap, int i, int j, int k) { // TODO Auto-generated method stub return null; } private void queuePhoto(String url, ImageView imageView) { //This ImageView may be used for other images before. So there may be some old tasks in the queue. We need to discard them. photosQueue.Clean(imageView); PhotoToLoad p=new PhotoToLoad(url, imageView); synchronized(photosQueue.photosToLoad){ photosQueue.photosToLoad.push(p); photosQueue.photosToLoad.notifyAll(); } //start thread if it's not started yet if(photoLoaderThread.getState()==Thread.State.NEW) photoLoaderThread.start(); } public Bitmap getBitmap(String url) { File f=fileCache.getFile(url); //from SD cache Bitmap b = decodeFile(f); if(b!=null) return b; //from web try { Bitmap bitmap=null; URL imageUrl = new URL(url); HttpURLConnection conn = (HttpURLConnection)imageUrl.openConnection(); conn.setConnectTimeout(30000); conn.setReadTimeout(30000); InputStream is=conn.getInputStream(); OutputStream os = new FileOutputStream(f); Utils.CopyStream(is, os); os.close(); bitmap = decodeFile(f); return bitmap; } catch (Exception ex){ ex.printStackTrace(); return null; } }//Lalit //decodes image and scales it to reduce memory consumption private Bitmap decodeFile(File f){ try { //decode image size BitmapFactory.Options o = new BitmapFactory.Options(); o.inJustDecodeBounds = true; BitmapFactory.decodeStream(new FileInputStream(f),null,o); //Find the correct scale value. It should be the power of 2. final int REQUIRED_SIZE=Wall.width; final int REQUIRED_SIZE1=Wall.height; // final int REQUIRED_SIZE=250; // int width_tmp=o.outWidth, height_tmp=o.outHeight; int scale=1; // while(o.outWidth/scale/2>=REQUIRED_SIZE && o.outHeight/scale/2>=REQUIRED_SIZE) //// scale*=2; while(true){ if(width_tmp/2<REQUIRED_SIZE && height_tmp/2<REQUIRED_SIZE1) break; width_tmp/=2; height_tmp/=2; scale*=2; } //decode with inSampleSize BitmapFactory.Options o2 = new BitmapFactory.Options(); o2.inSampleSize=scale; // o2.inSampleSize=2; return BitmapFactory.decodeStream(new FileInputStream(f), null, o2); } catch (FileNotFoundException e) {} return null; } //Task for the queue private class PhotoToLoad { public String url; public ImageView imageView; public PhotoToLoad(String u, ImageView i){ url=u; imageView=i; } } PhotosQueue photosQueue=new PhotosQueue(); public void stopThread() { photoLoaderThread.interrupt(); } //stores list of photos to download class PhotosQueue { private Stack<PhotoToLoad> photosToLoad=new Stack<PhotoToLoad>(); //removes all instances of this ImageView public void Clean(ImageView image) { for(int j=0 ;j<photosToLoad.size();){ if(photosToLoad.get(j).imageView==image) photosToLoad.remove(j); else ++j; } } } class PhotosLoader extends Thread { public void run() { try { while(true) { //thread waits until there are any images to load in the queue if(photosQueue.photosToLoad.size()==0) synchronized(photosQueue.photosToLoad){ photosQueue.photosToLoad.wait(); } if(photosQueue.photosToLoad.size()!=0) { PhotoToLoad photoToLoad; synchronized(photosQueue.photosToLoad){ photoToLoad=photosQueue.photosToLoad.pop(); } Bitmap bmp=getBitmap(photoToLoad.url); memoryCache.put(photoToLoad.url, bmp); String tag=imageViews.get(photoToLoad.imageView); if(tag!=null && tag.equals(photoToLoad.url)){ BitmapDisplayer bd=new BitmapDisplayer(bmp, photoToLoad.imageView); Activity a=(Activity)photoToLoad.imageView.getContext(); a.runOnUiThread(bd); } } if(Thread.interrupted()) break; } } catch (InterruptedException e) { //allow thread to exit } } } PhotosLoader photoLoaderThread=new PhotosLoader(); //Used to display bitmap in the UI thread class BitmapDisplayer implements Runnable { Bitmap bitmap; ImageView imageView; public BitmapDisplayer(Bitmap b, ImageView i){bitmap=b;imageView=i;} public void run() { if(bitmap!=null) imageView.setBackgroundDrawable(new BitmapDrawable(bitmap)); } } public void clearCache() { memoryCache.clear(); fileCache.clear(); } public static Bitmap getRoundedCornerBitmap(Bitmap bitmap, int pixels,int width,int height) { Bitmap output = Bitmap.createBitmap(width,height, Config.ARGB_8888); Canvas canvas = new Canvas(output); final int color = 0xff424242; final Paint paint = new Paint(); final Rect rect = new Rect(0, 0, bitmap.getWidth(), bitmap.getHeight()); final RectF rectF = new RectF(rect); final float roundPx = pixels; paint.setAntiAlias(true); canvas.drawARGB(0, 0, 0, 0); paint.setColor(color); canvas.drawRoundRect(rectF, roundPx, roundPx, paint); paint.setXfermode(new PorterDuffXfermode(Mode.SRC_IN)); canvas.drawBitmap(bitmap, rect, rect, paint); return output; } }

    Read the article

  • rotating bitmaps. In code.

    - by Marco van de Voort
    Is there a faster way to rotate a large bitmap by 90 or 270 degrees than simply doing a nested loop with inverted coordinates? The bitmaps are 8bpp and typically 2048*2400*8bpp Currently I do this by simply copying with argument inversion, roughly (pseudo code: for x = 0 to 2048-1 for y = 0 to 2048-1 dest[x][y]=src[y][x]; (In reality I do it with pointers, for a bit more speed, but that is roughly the same magnitude) GDI is quite slow with large images, and GPU load/store times for textures (GF7 cards) are in the same magnitude as the current CPU time. Any tips, pointers? An in-place algorithm would even be better, but speed is more important than being in-place. Target is Delphi, but it is more an algorithmic question. SSE(2) vectorization no problem, it is a big enough problem for me to code it in assembler Duplicates How do you rotate a two dimensional array?. Follow up to Nils' answer Image 2048x2700 - 2700x2048 Compiler Turbo Explorer 2006 with optimization on. Windows: Power scheme set to "Always on". (important!!!!) Machine: Core2 6600 (2.4 GHz) time with old routine: 32ms (step 1) time with stepsize 8 : 12ms time with stepsize 16 : 10ms time with stepsize 32+ : 9ms Meanwhile I also tested on a Athlon 64 X2 (5200+ iirc), and the speed up there was slightly more than a factor four (80 to 19 ms). The speed up is well worth it, thanks. Maybe that during the summer months I'll torture myself with a SSE(2) version. However I already thought about how to tackle that, and I think I'll run out of SSE2 registers for an straight implementation: for n:=0 to 7 do begin load r0, <source+n*rowsize> shift byte from r0 into r1 shift byte from r0 into r2 .. shift byte from r0 into r8 end; store r1, <target> store r2, <target+1*<rowsize> .. store r8, <target+7*<rowsize> So 8x8 needs 9 registers, but 32-bits SSE only has 8. Anyway that is something for the summer months :-) Note that the pointer thing is something that I do out of instinct, but it could be there is actually something to it, if your dimensions are not hardcoded, the compiler can't turn the mul into a shift. While muls an sich are cheap nowadays, they also generate more register pressure afaik. The code (validated by subtracting result from the "naieve" rotate1 implementation): const stepsize = 32; procedure rotatealign(Source: tbw8image; Target:tbw8image); var stepsx,stepsy,restx,resty : Integer; RowPitchSource, RowPitchTarget : Integer; pSource, pTarget,ps1,ps2 : pchar; x,y,i,j: integer; rpstep : integer; begin RowPitchSource := source.RowPitch; // bytes to jump to next line. Can be negative (includes alignment) RowPitchTarget := target.RowPitch; rpstep:=RowPitchTarget*stepsize; stepsx:=source.ImageWidth div stepsize; stepsy:=source.ImageHeight div stepsize; // check if mod 16=0 here for both dimensions, if so -> SSE2. for y := 0 to stepsy - 1 do begin psource:=source.GetImagePointer(0,y*stepsize); // gets pointer to pixel x,y ptarget:=Target.GetImagePointer(target.imagewidth-(y+1)*stepsize,0); for x := 0 to stepsx - 1 do begin for i := 0 to stepsize - 1 do begin ps1:=@psource[rowpitchsource*i]; // ( 0,i) ps2:=@ptarget[stepsize-1-i]; // (maxx-i,0); for j := 0 to stepsize - 1 do begin ps2[0]:=ps1[j]; inc(ps2,RowPitchTarget); end; end; inc(psource,stepsize); inc(ptarget,rpstep); end; end; // 3 more areas to do, with dimensions // - stepsy*stepsize * restx // right most column of restx width // - stepsx*stepsize * resty // bottom row with resty height // - restx*resty // bottom-right rectangle. restx:=source.ImageWidth mod stepsize; // typically zero because width is // typically 1024 or 2048 resty:=source.Imageheight mod stepsize; if restx>0 then begin // one loop less, since we know this fits in one line of "blocks" psource:=source.GetImagePointer(source.ImageWidth-restx,0); // gets pointer to pixel x,y ptarget:=Target.GetImagePointer(Target.imagewidth-stepsize,Target.imageheight-restx); for y := 0 to stepsy - 1 do begin for i := 0 to stepsize - 1 do begin ps1:=@psource[rowpitchsource*i]; // ( 0,i) ps2:=@ptarget[stepsize-1-i]; // (maxx-i,0); for j := 0 to restx - 1 do begin ps2[0]:=ps1[j]; inc(ps2,RowPitchTarget); end; end; inc(psource,stepsize*RowPitchSource); dec(ptarget,stepsize); end; end; if resty>0 then begin // one loop less, since we know this fits in one line of "blocks" psource:=source.GetImagePointer(0,source.ImageHeight-resty); // gets pointer to pixel x,y ptarget:=Target.GetImagePointer(0,0); for x := 0 to stepsx - 1 do begin for i := 0 to resty- 1 do begin ps1:=@psource[rowpitchsource*i]; // ( 0,i) ps2:=@ptarget[resty-1-i]; // (maxx-i,0); for j := 0 to stepsize - 1 do begin ps2[0]:=ps1[j]; inc(ps2,RowPitchTarget); end; end; inc(psource,stepsize); inc(ptarget,rpstep); end; end; if (resty>0) and (restx>0) then begin // another loop less, since only one block psource:=source.GetImagePointer(source.ImageWidth-restx,source.ImageHeight-resty); // gets pointer to pixel x,y ptarget:=Target.GetImagePointer(0,target.ImageHeight-restx); for i := 0 to resty- 1 do begin ps1:=@psource[rowpitchsource*i]; // ( 0,i) ps2:=@ptarget[resty-1-i]; // (maxx-i,0); for j := 0 to restx - 1 do begin ps2[0]:=ps1[j]; inc(ps2,RowPitchTarget); end; end; end; end;

    Read the article

  • Processing incorrect mac addresses from 802.11 frames with pcap

    - by Quentin Swain
    I'm working throurgh a project with pcap and wireless. Following an example posted in response to oe of my earlier questions I am trying to extract the mac addresses from wireless frames. I have created structures for the radiotap header and a basic management frame. For some reason when it comes to trying to output the mac addresses I am printing out the wrong data. When I compare to wireshark I don't see why the radio tap data is printing out correctly but the mac addresses are not. I don't see any additional padding in the hex dump that wireshark displays when i look at the packets and compare the packets that I have captured. I am somewhat famialar with c but not an expert so maybe I am not using the pointers and structures properly could someone help show me what I am doing wrong? Thanks, Quentin // main.c // MacSniffer // #include <pcap.h> #include <string.h> #include <stdlib.h> #define MAXBYTES2CAPTURE 65535 #ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN typedef struct frame_control { unsigned int subtype:4; /*frame subtype field*/ unsigned int protoVer:2; /*frame type field*/ unsigned int version:2; /*protocol version*/ unsigned int order:1; unsigned int protected:1; unsigned int moreDate:1; unsigned int power_management:1; unsigned int retry:1; unsigned int moreFrag:1; unsigned int fromDS:1; unsigned int toDS:1; }frame_control; struct ieee80211_radiotap_header{ u_int8_t it_version; u_int8_t it_pad; u_int16_t it_len; u_int32_t it_present; u_int64_t MAC_timestamp; u_int8_t flags; u_int8_t dataRate; u_int16_t channelfrequency; u_int16_t channFreq_pad; u_int16_t channelType; u_int16_t channType_pad; u_int8_t ssiSignal; u_int8_t ssiNoise; u_int8_t antenna; }; #else typedef struct frame_control { unsigned int protoVer:2; /* protocol version*/ unsigned int type:2; /*frame type field (Management,Control,Data)*/ unsigned int subtype:4; /* frame subtype*/ unsigned int toDS:1; /* frame coming from Distribution system */ unsigned int fromDS:1; /*frame coming from Distribution system */ unsigned int moreFrag:1; /* More fragments?*/ unsigned int retry:1; /*was this frame retransmitted*/ unsigned int powMgt:1; /*Power Management*/ unsigned int moreDate:1; /*More Date*/ unsigned int protectedData:1; /*Protected Data*/ unsigned int order:1; /*Order*/ }frame_control; struct ieee80211_radiotap_header{ u_int8_t it_version; u_int8_t it_pad; u_int16_t it_len; u_int32_t it_present; u_int64_t MAC_timestamp; u_int8_t flags; u_int8_t dataRate; u_int16_t channelfrequency; u_int16_t channelType; int ssiSignal:8; int ssiNoise:8; }; #endif struct wi_frame { u_int16_t fc; u_int16_t wi_duration; u_int8_t wi_add1[6]; u_int8_t wi_add2[6]; u_int8_t wi_add3[6]; u_int16_t wi_sequenceControl; // u_int8_t wi_add4[6]; //unsigned int qosControl:2; //unsigned int frameBody[23124]; }; void processPacket(u_char *arg, const struct pcap_pkthdr* pkthdr, const u_char* packet) { int i= 0, *counter = (int *) arg; struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *rh =(struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *)packet; struct wi_frame *fr= (struct wi_frame *)(packet + rh->it_len); u_char *ptr; //printf("Frame Type: %d",fr->wi_fC->type); printf("Packet count: %d\n", ++(*counter)); printf("Received Packet Size: %d\n", pkthdr->len); if(rh->it_version != NULL) { printf("Radiotap Version: %d\n",rh->it_version); } if(rh->it_pad!=NULL) { printf("Radiotap Pad: %d\n",rh->it_pad); } if(rh->it_len != NULL) { printf("Radiotap Length: %d\n",rh->it_len); } if(rh->it_present != NULL) { printf("Radiotap Present: %c\n",rh->it_present); } if(rh->MAC_timestamp != NULL) { printf("Radiotap Timestamp: %u\n",rh->MAC_timestamp); } if(rh->dataRate != NULL) { printf("Radiotap Data Rate: %u\n",rh->dataRate); } if(rh->channelfrequency != NULL) { printf("Radiotap Channel Freq: %u\n",rh->channelfrequency); } if(rh->channelType != NULL) { printf("Radiotap Channel Type: %06x\n",rh->channelType); } if(rh->ssiSignal != NULL) { printf("Radiotap SSI signal: %d\n",rh->ssiSignal); } if(rh->ssiNoise != NULL) { printf("Radiotap SSI Noise: %d\n",rh->ssiNoise); } ptr = fr->wi_add1; int k= 6; printf("Destination Address:"); do{ printf("%s%X",(k==6)?" ":":",*ptr++); } while(--k>0); printf("\n"); ptr = fr->wi_add2; k=0; printf("Source Address:"); do{ printf("%s%X",(k==6)?" ":":",*ptr++); }while(--k>0); printf("\n"); ptr = fr->wi_add3; k=0; do{ printf("%s%X",(k==6)?" ":":",*ptr++); } while(--k>0); printf("\n"); /* for(int j = 0; j < 23124;j++) { if(fr->frameBody[j]!= NULL) { printf("%x",fr->frameBody[j]); } } */ for (i = 0;i<pkthdr->len;i++) { if(isprint(packet[i +rh->it_len])) { printf("%c",packet[i + rh->it_len]); } else{printf(".");} //print newline after each section of the packet if((i%16 ==0 && i!=0) ||(i==pkthdr->len-1)) { printf("\n"); } } return; } int main(int argc, char** argv) { int count = 0; pcap_t* descr = NULL; char errbuf[PCAP_ERRBUF_SIZE], *device = NULL; struct bpf_program fp; char filter[]="wlan broadcast"; const u_char* packet; memset(errbuf,0,PCAP_ERRBUF_SIZE); device = argv[1]; if(device == NULL) { fprintf(stdout,"Supply a device name "); } descr = pcap_create(device,errbuf); pcap_set_rfmon(descr,1); pcap_set_promisc(descr,1); pcap_set_snaplen(descr,30); pcap_set_timeout(descr,10000); pcap_activate(descr); int dl =pcap_datalink(descr); printf("The Data Link type is %s",pcap_datalink_val_to_name(dl)); //pcap_dispatch(descr,MAXBYTES2CAPTURE,1,512,errbuf); //Open device in promiscuous mode //descr = pcap_open_live(device,MAXBYTES2CAPTURE,1,512,errbuf); /* if(pcap_compile(descr,&fp,filter,0,PCAP_NETMASK_UNKNOWN)==-1) { fprintf(stderr,"Error compiling filter\n"); exit(1); } if(pcap_setfilter(descr,&fp)==-1) { fprintf(stderr,"Error setting filter\n"); exit(1); } */ pcap_loop(descr,0, processPacket, (u_char *) &count); return 0; }

    Read the article

  • Edit Contact code worked in 1.6 but doesn't work on Droid 2.1?

    - by user225405
    Hi All, I had some fairly simple code in my app to invoke Edit Contact activity on a known good contact index that worked in Android 1.6 but is broken for me now in Android 2.1 on the Droid. I built a sample activity/app 'EdCon' to show this: package com.jbh; import android.app.Activity; import android.content.Intent; import android.net.Uri; import android.os.Bundle; public class EdCon extends Activity { /** Called when the activity is first created. */ @Override public void onCreate(Bundle savedInstanceState) { super.onCreate(savedInstanceState); setContentView(R.layout.main); // Build an intent to edit a known good contact index Intent i; i = new Intent(Intent.ACTION_EDIT); i.setData(Uri.parse("content://contacts/people/10")); startActivity(i); } } When I run this on my G1 running 1.6 it works as expected i.e. brings up the Edit Contact screen for the known index and then I can hit BACK to return to "Hello World, EdCon". When I run this on the Droid under 2.1 I get the following: 05-07 15:35:57.787: INFO/ActivityManager(1013): Starting activity: Intent { act=android.intent.action.MAIN cat=[android.intent.category.LAUNCHER] flg=0x10000000 cmp=com.jbh/.EdCon } 05-07 15:35:57.826: DEBUG/AndroidRuntime(13780): Shutting down VM 05-07 15:35:57.826: DEBUG/dalvikvm(13780): DestroyJavaVM waiting for non-daemon threads to exit 05-07 15:35:57.928: DEBUG/dalvikvm(13780): DestroyJavaVM shutting VM down 05-07 15:35:57.928: DEBUG/dalvikvm(13780): HeapWorker thread shutting down 05-07 15:35:57.928: DEBUG/dalvikvm(13780): HeapWorker thread has shut down 05-07 15:35:57.928: DEBUG/jdwp(13780): JDWP shutting down net... 05-07 15:35:57.928: DEBUG/jdwp(13780): Got wake-up signal, bailing out of select 05-07 15:35:57.928: INFO/dalvikvm(13780): Debugger has detached; object registry had 1 entries 05-07 15:35:57.928: DEBUG/dalvikvm(13780): VM cleaning up 05-07 15:35:57.935: INFO/ActivityManager(1013): Start proc com.jbh for activity com.jbh/.EdCon: pid=13802 uid=10052 gids={1015} 05-07 15:35:57.967: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13780): ERROR: thread attach failed 05-07 15:35:58.053: INFO/ActivityThread(13792): Publishing provider com.android.vending.SuggestionsProvider: com.android.vending.SuggestionsProvider 05-07 15:35:58.154: INFO/dalvikvm(13802): Debugger thread not active, ignoring DDM send (t=0x41504e4d l=38) 05-07 15:35:58.209: DEBUG/dalvikvm(13780): LinearAlloc 0x0 used 639500 of 5242880 (12%) 05-07 15:35:58.365: INFO/dalvikvm(13802): Debugger thread not active, ignoring DDM send (t=0x41504e4d l=18) 05-07 15:35:58.639: INFO/ActivityManager(1013): Starting activity: Intent { act=android.intent.action.EDIT dat=content://contacts/people/10 cmp=com.android.contacts/.ui.EditContactActivity } 05-07 15:35:58.975: DEBUG/dalvikvm(13137): GC freed 2902 objects / 166768 bytes in 61ms 05-07 15:35:59.100: DEBUG/vending(13792): com.android.vending.LocalDbSyncService.run(): Syncing local DB with package manager... 05-07 15:35:59.100: DEBUG/vending(13792): com.android.vending.LocalDbSyncService.syncLocalDbWithPackageManager(): No INSTALLING or UNINSTALLING assets. 05-07 15:35:59.115: INFO/ActivityManager(1013): Displayed activity com.android.contacts/.ui.EditContactActivity: 387 ms (total 1296 ms) 05-07 15:35:59.185: DEBUG/Sources(13137): Creating external source for type=com.facebook.auth.login, packageName=com.facebook.katana 05-07 15:35:59.225: DEBUG/vending(13792): com.android.vending.LocalDbSyncService.run(): Syncing done. 05-07 15:35:59.232: WARN/dalvikvm(13137): threadid=27: thread exiting with uncaught exception (group=0x4001b180) 05-07 15:35:59.232: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): Uncaught handler: thread AsyncTask #1 exiting due to uncaught exception 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): java.lang.RuntimeException: An error occured while executing doInBackground() 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at android.os.AsyncTask$3.done(AsyncTask.java:200) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at java.util.concurrent.FutureTask$Sync.innerSetException(FutureTask.java:273) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at java.util.concurrent.FutureTask.setException(FutureTask.java:124) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at java.util.concurrent.FutureTask$Sync.innerRun(FutureTask.java:307) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at java.util.concurrent.FutureTask.run(FutureTask.java:137) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at java.util.concurrent.ThreadPoolExecutor.runWorker(ThreadPoolExecutor.java:1068) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at java.util.concurrent.ThreadPoolExecutor$Worker.run(ThreadPoolExecutor.java:561) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at java.lang.Thread.run(Thread.java:1096) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): Caused by: android.database.sqlite.SQLiteException: no such column: raw_contact_id: , while compiling: SELECT account_name, account_type, sourceid, version, dirty, data_id, res_package, mimetype, data1, data2, data3, data4, data5, data6, data7, data8, data9, data10, data11, data12, data13, data14, data15, data_sync1, data_sync2, data_sync3, data_sync4, _id, is_primary, is_super_primary, data_version, group_sourceid, sync1, sync2, sync3, sync4, deleted, contact_id, starred, is_restricted FROM contact_entities_view WHERE (1) AND (raw_contact_id=10) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at android.database.sqlite.SQLiteProgram.native_compile(Native Method) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at android.database.sqlite.SQLiteProgram.compile(SQLiteProgram.java:110) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at android.database.sqlite.SQLiteProgram.(SQLiteProgram.java:59) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at android.database.sqlite.SQLiteQuery.(SQLiteQuery.java:49) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at android.database.sqlite.SQLiteDirectCursorDriver.query(SQLiteDirectCursorDriver.java:49) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at android.database.sqlite.SQLiteDatabase.rawQueryWithFactory(SQLiteDatabase.java:1221) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at android.database.sqlite.SQLiteQueryBuilder.query(SQLiteQueryBuilder.java:316) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at com.android.providers.contacts.ContactsProvider2.query(ContactsProvider2.java:3850) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at com.android.providers.contacts.ContactsProvider2.query(ContactsProvider2.java:3840) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at com.android.providers.contacts.ContactsProvider2$RawContactsEntityIterator.(ContactsProvider2.java:4498) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at com.android.providers.contacts.ContactsProvider2.queryEntities(ContactsProvider2.java:4751) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at android.content.ContentProvider$Transport.queryEntities(ContentProvider.java:140) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at android.content.ContentProviderClient.queryEntities(ContentProviderClient.java:98) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at android.content.ContentResolver.queryEntities(ContentResolver.java:296) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at com.android.contacts.model.EntitySet.fromQuery(EntitySet.java:72) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at com.android.contacts.ui.EditContactActivity$QueryEntitiesTask.doInBackground(EditContactActivity.java:191) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at com.android.contacts.ui.EditContactActivity$QueryEntitiesTask.doInBackground(EditContactActivity.java:154) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at com.android.contacts.util.WeakAsyncTask.doInBackground(WeakAsyncTask.java:45) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at android.os.AsyncTask$2.call(AsyncTask.java:185) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at java.util.concurrent.FutureTask$Sync.innerRun(FutureTask.java:305) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): ... 4 more 05-07 15:35:59.303: INFO/Process(1013): Sending signal. PID: 13137 SIG: 3 05-07 15:35:59.303: INFO/dalvikvm(13137): threadid=7: reacting to signal 3 05-07 15:35:59.303: ERROR/dalvikvm(13137): Unable to open stack trace file '/data/anr/traces.txt': Permission denied 05-07 15:35:59.506: INFO/DumpStateReceiver(1013): Added state dump to 1 crashes 05-07 15:36:07.053: DEBUG/dalvikvm(12901): GC freed 389 objects / 25056 bytes in 145ms 05-07 15:36:17.287: DEBUG/dalvikvm(11649): GC freed 154 objects / 6816 bytes in 136ms 05-07 15:36:22.365: DEBUG/dalvikvm(13574): GC freed 348 objects / 67848 bytes in 112ms 05-07 15:36:27.451: DEBUG/dalvikvm(11836): GC freed 267 objects / 17432 bytes in 65ms 05-07 15:36:32.553: DEBUG/dalvikvm(12757): GC freed 1888 objects / 92440 bytes in 67ms 05-07 15:36:38.803: INFO/power(1013): * set_screen_state 0 05-07 15:36:38.813: DEBUG/SurfaceFlinger(1013): About to give-up screen, flinger = 0x114c30 05-07 15:36:38.826: DEBUG/Sensors(1013): using accelerometer (name=accelerometer) 05-07 15:36:38.834: DEBUG/PhoneWindow(13137): couldn't save which view has focus because the focused view android.widget.ScrollView@44883558 has no id. 05-07 15:36:38.865: DEBUG/WifiService(1013): ACTION_SCREEN_OFF 05-07 15:36:38.889: DEBUG/WifiService(1013): setting ACTION_DEVICE_IDLE timer for 900000ms 05-07 15:36:44.107: DEBUG/dalvikvm(1013): GC freed 7351 objects / 521440 bytes in 130ms 05-07 15:36:49.373: DEBUG/dalvikvm(13553): GC freed 321 objects / 12056 bytes in 102ms The no such column: raw_contact_id: looks like the issue but I'm not sure how or why that would happen or what it means. Any help appreciated! [email protected]

    Read the article

  • Array comparion for multidimensinal array in php

    - by Learner
    Array 1 = pr($plan_data); Array ( [0] => Array ( [AveragePrice] => 9.631161 [EFLUrl] => http://www.championenergyservices.com/register/EFL_API.asp?rateid=161456 [EarlyTerminationFee] => 150 [HurricaneRecovery] => 0.132 [MeterSurcharge] => 3.05 [OffCycle] => 5 [PUCAssessment] => 0.00167 [PlanDescription] => Savings Champ-6 [PlanId] => 57 [PlanIssueDate] => 12/10/2012 [PlanMonthlyFee] => 0 [PlanName] => PN1058 [PlanRate] => 9.3 [PlanRenewablePercent] => 7.2 [PlanTerm] => 6 [PriorityMoveIn] => 36 [ProviderDisplayName] => CenterPoint Energy [ProviderId] => 21 [ProviderInternalName] => CNP_COAST [RateId] => 161456 [RegularMoveIn] => 16 [TDSPPassThrough] => 0.03791 [TOCUrl] => http://www.championenergyservices.com/register/termsandconditions.asp?rateid=161456 [YRACUrl] => http://www.championenergyservices.com/register/\affiliatefiles\YRAC.PDF [provider] => ces [ProductType] => Fixed [Rep] => Champion Energy Services [Zone] => 77479 ) [1] => Array ( [AveragePrice] => 10.1311693 [EFLUrl] => http://www.championenergyservices.com/register/EFL_API.asp?rateid=161458 [EarlyTerminationFee] => 150 [HurricaneRecovery] => 0.132 [MeterSurcharge] => 3.05 [OffCycle] => 5 [PUCAssessment] => 0.00167 [PlanDescription] => Savings Champ-12 [PlanId] => 59 [PlanIssueDate] => 12/10/2012 [PlanMonthlyFee] => 0 [PlanName] => PN1060 [PlanRate] => 9.8 [PlanRenewablePercent] => 7.2 [PlanTerm] => 12 [PriorityMoveIn] => 36 [ProviderDisplayName] => CenterPoint Energy [ProviderId] => 21 [ProviderInternalName] => CNP_COAST [RateId] => 161458 [RegularMoveIn] => 16 [TDSPPassThrough] => 0.03791 [TOCUrl] => http://www.championenergyservices.com/register/termsandconditions.asp?rateid=161458 [YRACUrl] => http://www.championenergyservices.com/register/\affiliatefiles\YRAC.PDF [provider] => ces [ProductType] => Fixed [Rep] => Champion Energy Services [Zone] => 77479 ) [2] => Array ( [AveragePrice] => 10.4311743 [EFLUrl] => http://www.championenergyservices.com/register/EFL_API.asp?rateid=161459 [EarlyTerminationFee] => 150 [HurricaneRecovery] => 0.132 [MeterSurcharge] => 3.05 [OffCycle] => 5 [PUCAssessment] => 0.00167 [PlanDescription] => Green Power-12 [PlanId] => 60 [PlanIssueDate] => 12/10/2012 [PlanMonthlyFee] => 0 [PlanName] => PN1061 [PlanRate] => 10.1 [PlanRenewablePercent] => 100 [PlanTerm] => 12 [PriorityMoveIn] => 36 [ProviderDisplayName] => CenterPoint Energy [ProviderId] => 21 [ProviderInternalName] => CNP_COAST [RateId] => 161459 [RegularMoveIn] => 16 [TDSPPassThrough] => 0.03791 [TOCUrl] => http://www.championenergyservices.com/register/termsandconditions.asp?rateid=161459 [YRACUrl] => http://www.championenergyservices.com/register/\affiliatefiles\YRAC.PDF [provider] => ces [ProductType] => Fixed [Rep] => Champion Energy Services [Zone] => 77479 ) ) Array 2 = pr($temp_val); Array ( [0] => Array ( [id] => 6 [PlanId] => 60 [PlanName] => Bounce 12 + A/C Protection [PlanDescription] => Bounce 12 + A/C Protection - CNP [PlanTerm] => 12 [PlanRate] => [RateId] => [PlanIssueDate] => [PlanMonthlyFee] => [EarlyTerminationFee] => 200.00000 [AveragePrice] => 12.00000 [HurricaneRecovery] => [PlanRenewablePercent] => [ProviderDisplayName] => [ProviderId] => 1 [provider] => bounce [ProductZoneId] => 353 [Zone] => 77479 [ProviderInternalName] => [RegularMoveIn] => [PriorityMoveIn] => [OffCycle] => [TDSPPassThrough] => [PUCAssessment] => [EFLUrl] => [EFLLinkUrl] => http://www.bounceenergy.com/efls/bounce12.pdf [TOCUrl] => [TOCLUrl] => http://www.bounceenergy.com/terms-of-service-fixed.pdf [YRACUrl] => [YRACLUrl] => http://www.bounceenergy.com/yraac.pdf [REP_Name] => [REP_PUCT] => [customer_service_email] => [toll_free_number] => [status] => active [created] => 2012-12-14 12:40:05 [modified] => 2012-12-14 ) [1] => Array ( [id] => 18 [PlanId] => 17 [PlanName] => Online Only - 12 [PlanDescription] => Online Only - 12 [PlanTerm] => 12 [PlanRate] => [RateId] => 386 [PlanIssueDate] => [PlanMonthlyFee] => 100.00000 [EarlyTerminationFee] => 175.00000 [AveragePrice] => 10.00000 [HurricaneRecovery] => [PlanRenewablePercent] => [ProviderDisplayName] => [ProviderId] => 2 [provider] => fulcrum [ProductZoneId] => [Zone] => 77479 [ProviderInternalName] => [RegularMoveIn] => [PriorityMoveIn] => [OffCycle] => [TDSPPassThrough] => [PUCAssessment] => [EFLUrl] => [EFLLinkUrl] => [TOCUrl] => [TOCLUrl] => [YRACUrl] => [YRACLUrl] => [REP_Name] => [REP_PUCT] => [customer_service_email] => [toll_free_number] => [status] => active [created] => 2012-12-14 12:40:15 [modified] => 2012-12-14 ) ) I want to compare this two array and if any key value is different i want to take it an different array.. $result_val= array_diff_assoc($plan_data, $temp_val); Please help me out !!

    Read the article

  • What's New in ASP.NET 4

    - by Navaneeth
    The .NET Framework version 4 includes enhancements for ASP.NET 4 in targeted areas. Visual Studio 2010 and Microsoft Visual Web Developer Express also include enhancements and new features for improved Web development. This document provides an overview of many of the new features that are included in the upcoming release. This topic contains the following sections: ASP.NET Core Services ASP.NET Web Forms ASP.NET MVC Dynamic Data ASP.NET Chart Control Visual Web Developer Enhancements Web Application Deployment with Visual Studio 2010 Enhancements to ASP.NET Multi-Targeting ASP.NET Core Services ASP.NET 4 introduces many features that improve core ASP.NET services such as output caching and session state storage. Extensible Output Caching Since the time that ASP.NET 1.0 was released, output caching has enabled developers to store the generated output of pages, controls, and HTTP responses in memory. On subsequent Web requests, ASP.NET can serve content more quickly by retrieving the generated output from memory instead of regenerating the output from scratch. However, this approach has a limitation — generated content always has to be stored in memory. On servers that experience heavy traffic, the memory requirements for output caching can compete with memory requirements for other parts of a Web application. ASP.NET 4 adds extensibility to output caching that enables you to configure one or more custom output-cache providers. Output-cache providers can use any storage mechanism to persist HTML content. These storage options can include local or remote disks, cloud storage, and distributed cache engines. Output-cache provider extensibility in ASP.NET 4 lets you design more aggressive and more intelligent output-caching strategies for Web sites. For example, you can create an output-cache provider that caches the "Top 10" pages of a site in memory, while caching pages that get lower traffic on disk. Alternatively, you can cache every vary-by combination for a rendered page, but use a distributed cache so that the memory consumption is offloaded from front-end Web servers. You create a custom output-cache provider as a class that derives from the OutputCacheProvider type. You can then configure the provider in the Web.config file by using the new providers subsection of the outputCache element For more information and for examples that show how to configure the output cache, see outputCache Element for caching (ASP.NET Settings Schema). For more information about the classes that support caching, see the documentation for the OutputCache and OutputCacheProvider classes. By default, in ASP.NET 4, all HTTP responses, rendered pages, and controls use the in-memory output cache. The defaultProvider attribute for ASP.NET is AspNetInternalProvider. You can change the default output-cache provider used for a Web application by specifying a different provider name for defaultProvider attribute. In addition, you can select different output-cache providers for individual control and for individual requests and programmatically specify which provider to use. For more information, see the HttpApplication.GetOutputCacheProviderName(HttpContext) method. The easiest way to choose a different output-cache provider for different Web user controls is to do so declaratively by using the new providerName attribute in a page or control directive, as shown in the following example: <%@ OutputCache Duration="60" VaryByParam="None" providerName="DiskCache" %> Preloading Web Applications Some Web applications must load large amounts of data or must perform expensive initialization processing before serving the first request. In earlier versions of ASP.NET, for these situations you had to devise custom approaches to "wake up" an ASP.NET application and then run initialization code during the Application_Load method in the Global.asax file. To address this scenario, a new application preload manager (autostart feature) is available when ASP.NET 4 runs on IIS 7.5 on Windows Server 2008 R2. The preload feature provides a controlled approach for starting up an application pool, initializing an ASP.NET application, and then accepting HTTP requests. It lets you perform expensive application initialization prior to processing the first HTTP request. For example, you can use the application preload manager to initialize an application and then signal a load-balancer that the application was initialized and ready to accept HTTP traffic. To use the application preload manager, an IIS administrator sets an application pool in IIS 7.5 to be automatically started by using the following configuration in the applicationHost.config file: <applicationPools> <add name="MyApplicationPool" startMode="AlwaysRunning" /> </applicationPools> Because a single application pool can contain multiple applications, you specify individual applications to be automatically started by using the following configuration in the applicationHost.config file: <sites> <site name="MySite" id="1"> <application path="/" serviceAutoStartEnabled="true" serviceAutoStartProvider="PrewarmMyCache" > <!-- Additional content --> </application> </site> </sites> <!-- Additional content --> <serviceAutoStartProviders> <add name="PrewarmMyCache" type="MyNamespace.CustomInitialization, MyLibrary" /> </serviceAutoStartProviders> When an IIS 7.5 server is cold-started or when an individual application pool is recycled, IIS 7.5 uses the information in the applicationHost.config file to determine which Web applications have to be automatically started. For each application that is marked for preload, IIS7.5 sends a request to ASP.NET 4 to start the application in a state during which the application temporarily does not accept HTTP requests. When it is in this state, ASP.NET instantiates the type defined by the serviceAutoStartProvider attribute (as shown in the previous example) and calls into its public entry point. You create a managed preload type that has the required entry point by implementing the IProcessHostPreloadClient interface, as shown in the following example: public class CustomInitialization : System.Web.Hosting.IProcessHostPreloadClient { public void Preload(string[] parameters) { // Perform initialization. } } After your initialization code runs in the Preload method and after the method returns, the ASP.NET application is ready to process requests. Permanently Redirecting a Page Content in Web applications is often moved over the lifetime of the application. This can lead to links to be out of date, such as the links that are returned by search engines. In ASP.NET, developers have traditionally handled requests to old URLs by using the Redirect method to forward a request to the new URL. However, the Redirect method issues an HTTP 302 (Found) response (which is used for a temporary redirect). This results in an extra HTTP round trip. ASP.NET 4 adds a RedirectPermanent helper method that makes it easy to issue HTTP 301 (Moved Permanently) responses, as in the following example: RedirectPermanent("/newpath/foroldcontent.aspx"); Search engines and other user agents that recognize permanent redirects will store the new URL that is associated with the content, which eliminates the unnecessary round trip made by the browser for temporary redirects. Session State Compression By default, ASP.NET provides two options for storing session state across a Web farm. The first option is a session state provider that invokes an out-of-process session state server. The second option is a session state provider that stores data in a Microsoft SQL Server database. Because both options store state information outside a Web application's worker process, session state has to be serialized before it is sent to remote storage. If a large amount of data is saved in session state, the size of the serialized data can become very large. ASP.NET 4 introduces a new compression option for both kinds of out-of-process session state providers. By using this option, applications that have spare CPU cycles on Web servers can achieve substantial reductions in the size of serialized session state data. You can set this option using the new compressionEnabled attribute of the sessionState element in the configuration file. When the compressionEnabled configuration option is set to true, ASP.NET compresses (and decompresses) serialized session state by using the .NET Framework GZipStreamclass. The following example shows how to set this attribute. <sessionState mode="SqlServer" sqlConnectionString="data source=dbserver;Initial Catalog=aspnetstate" allowCustomSqlDatabase="true" compressionEnabled="true" /> ASP.NET Web Forms Web Forms has been a core feature in ASP.NET since the release of ASP.NET 1.0. Many enhancements have been in this area for ASP.NET 4, such as the following: The ability to set meta tags. More control over view state. Support for recently introduced browsers and devices. Easier ways to work with browser capabilities. Support for using ASP.NET routing with Web Forms. More control over generated IDs. The ability to persist selected rows in data controls. More control over rendered HTML in the FormView and ListView controls. Filtering support for data source controls. Enhanced support for Web standards and accessibility Setting Meta Tags with the Page.MetaKeywords and Page.MetaDescription Properties Two properties have been added to the Page class: MetaKeywords and MetaDescription. These two properties represent corresponding meta tags in the HTML rendered for a page, as shown in the following example: <head id="Head1" runat="server"> <title>Untitled Page</title> <meta name="keywords" content="keyword1, keyword2' /> <meta name="description" content="Description of my page" /> </head> These two properties work like the Title property does, and they can be set in the @ Page directive. For more information, see Page.MetaKeywords and Page.MetaDescription. Enabling View State for Individual Controls A new property has been added to the Control class: ViewStateMode. You can use this property to disable view state for all controls on a page except those for which you explicitly enable view state. View state data is included in a page's HTML and increases the amount of time it takes to send a page to the client and post it back. Storing more view state than is necessary can cause significant decrease in performance. In earlier versions of ASP.NET, you could reduce the impact of view state on a page's performance by disabling view state for specific controls. But sometimes it is easier to enable view state for a few controls that need it instead of disabling it for many that do not need it. For more information, see Control.ViewStateMode. Support for Recently Introduced Browsers and Devices ASP.NET includes a feature that is named browser capabilities that lets you determine the capabilities of the browser that a user is using. Browser capabilities are represented by the HttpBrowserCapabilities object which is stored in the HttpRequest.Browser property. Information about a particular browser's capabilities is defined by a browser definition file. In ASP.NET 4, these browser definition files have been updated to contain information about recently introduced browsers and devices such as Google Chrome, Research in Motion BlackBerry smart phones, and Apple iPhone. Existing browser definition files have also been updated. For more information, see How to: Upgrade an ASP.NET Web Application to ASP.NET 4 and ASP.NET Web Server Controls and Browser Capabilities. The browser definition files that are included with ASP.NET 4 are shown in the following list: •blackberry.browser •chrome.browser •Default.browser •firefox.browser •gateway.browser •generic.browser •ie.browser •iemobile.browser •iphone.browser •opera.browser •safari.browser A New Way to Define Browser Capabilities ASP.NET 4 includes a new feature referred to as browser capabilities providers. As the name suggests, this lets you build a provider that in turn lets you write custom code to determine browser capabilities. In ASP.NET version 3.5 Service Pack 1, you define browser capabilities in an XML file. This file resides in a machine-level folder or an application-level folder. Most developers do not need to customize these files, but for those who do, the provider approach can be easier than dealing with complex XML syntax. The provider approach makes it possible to simplify the process by implementing a common browser definition syntax, or a database that contains up-to-date browser definitions, or even a Web service for such a database. For more information about the new browser capabilities provider, see the What's New for ASP.NET 4 White Paper. Routing in ASP.NET 4 ASP.NET 4 adds built-in support for routing with Web Forms. Routing is a feature that was introduced with ASP.NET 3.5 SP1 and lets you configure an application to use URLs that are meaningful to users and to search engines because they do not have to specify physical file names. This can make your site more user-friendly and your site content more discoverable by search engines. For example, the URL for a page that displays product categories in your application might look like the following example: http://website/products.aspx?categoryid=12 By using routing, you can use the following URL to render the same information: http://website/products/software The second URL lets the user know what to expect and can result in significantly improved rankings in search engine results. the new features include the following: The PageRouteHandler class is a simple HTTP handler that you use when you define routes. You no longer have to write a custom route handler. The HttpRequest.RequestContext and Page.RouteData properties make it easier to access information that is passed in URL parameters. The RouteUrl expression provides a simple way to create a routed URL in markup. The RouteValue expression provides a simple way to extract URL parameter values in markup. The RouteParameter class makes it easier to pass URL parameter values to a query for a data source control (similar to FormParameter). You no longer have to change the Web.config file to enable routing. For more information about routing, see the following topics: ASP.NET Routing Walkthrough: Using ASP.NET Routing in a Web Forms Application How to: Define Routes for Web Forms Applications How to: Construct URLs from Routes How to: Access URL Parameters in a Routed Page Setting Client IDs The new ClientIDMode property makes it easier to write client script that references HTML elements rendered for server controls. Increasing use of Microsoft Ajax makes the need to do this more common. For example, you may have a data control that renders a long list of products with prices and you want to use client script to make a Web service call and update individual prices in the list as they change without refreshing the entire page. Typically you get a reference to an HTML element in client script by using the document.GetElementById method. You pass to this method the value of the id attribute of the HTML element you want to reference. In the case of elements that are rendered for ASP.NET server controls earlier versions of ASP.NET could make this difficult or impossible. You were not always able to predict what id values ASP.NET would generate, or ASP.NET could generate very long id values. The problem was especially difficult for data controls that would generate multiple rows for a single instance of the control in your markup. ASP.NET 4 adds two new algorithms for generating id attributes. These algorithms can generate id attributes that are easier to work with in client script because they are more predictable and that are easier to work with because they are simpler. For more information about how to use the new algorithms, see the following topics: ASP.NET Web Server Control Identification Walkthrough: Making Data-Bound Controls Easier to Access from JavaScript Walkthrough: Making Controls Located in Web User Controls Easier to Access from JavaScript How to: Access Controls from JavaScript by ID Persisting Row Selection in Data Controls The GridView and ListView controls enable users to select a row. In previous versions of ASP.NET, row selection was based on the row index on the page. For example, if you select the third item on page 1 and then move to page 2, the third item on page 2 is selected. In most cases, is more desirable not to select any rows on page 2. ASP.NET 4 supports Persisted Selection, a new feature that was initially supported only in Dynamic Data projects in the .NET Framework 3.5 SP1. When this feature is enabled, the selected item is based on the row data key. This means that if you select the third row on page 1 and move to page 2, nothing is selected on page 2. When you move back to page 1, the third row is still selected. This is a much more natural behavior than the behavior in earlier versions of ASP.NET. Persisted selection is now supported for the GridView and ListView controls in all projects. You can enable this feature in the GridView control, for example, by setting the EnablePersistedSelection property, as shown in the following example: <asp:GridView id="GridView2" runat="server" PersistedSelection="true"> </asp:GridView> FormView Control Enhancements The FormView control is enhanced to make it easier to style the content of the control with CSS. In previous versions of ASP.NET, the FormView control rendered it contents using an item template. This made styling more difficult in the markup because unexpected table row and table cell tags were rendered by the control. The FormView control supports RenderOuterTable, a property in ASP.NET 4. When this property is set to false, as show in the following example, the table tags are not rendered. This makes it easier to apply CSS style to the contents of the control. <asp:FormView ID="FormView1" runat="server" RenderTable="false"> For more information, see FormView Web Server Control Overview. ListView Control Enhancements The ListView control, which was introduced in ASP.NET 3.5, has all the functionality of the GridView control while giving you complete control over the output. This control has been made easier to use in ASP.NET 4. The earlier version of the control required that you specify a layout template that contained a server control with a known ID. The following markup shows a typical example of how to use the ListView control in ASP.NET 3.5. <asp:ListView ID="ListView1" runat="server"> <LayoutTemplate> <asp:PlaceHolder ID="ItemPlaceHolder" runat="server"></asp:PlaceHolder> </LayoutTemplate> <ItemTemplate> <% Eval("LastName")%> </ItemTemplate> </asp:ListView> In ASP.NET 4, the ListView control does not require a layout template. The markup shown in the previous example can be replaced with the following markup: <asp:ListView ID="ListView1" runat="server"> <ItemTemplate> <% Eval("LastName")%> </ItemTemplate> </asp:ListView> For more information, see ListView Web Server Control Overview. Filtering Data with the QueryExtender Control A very common task for developers who create data-driven Web pages is to filter data. This traditionally has been performed by building Where clauses in data source controls. This approach can be complicated, and in some cases the Where syntax does not let you take advantage of the full functionality of the underlying database. To make filtering easier, a new QueryExtender control has been added in ASP.NET 4. This control can be added to EntityDataSource or LinqDataSource controls in order to filter the data returned by these controls. Because the QueryExtender control relies on LINQ, but you do not to need to know how to write LINQ queries to use the query extender. The QueryExtender control supports a variety of filter options. The following lists QueryExtender filter options. Term Definition SearchExpression Searches a field or fields for string values and compares them to a specified string value. RangeExpression Searches a field or fields for values in a range specified by a pair of values. PropertyExpression Compares a specified value to a property value in a field. If the expression evaluates to true, the data that is being examined is returned. OrderByExpression Sorts data by a specified column and sort direction. CustomExpression Calls a function that defines custom filter in the page. For more information, see QueryExtenderQueryExtender Web Server Control Overview. Enhanced Support for Web Standards and Accessibility Earlier versions of ASP.NET controls sometimes render markup that does not conform to HTML, XHTML, or accessibility standards. ASP.NET 4 eliminates most of these exceptions. For details about how the HTML that is rendered by each control meets accessibility standards, see ASP.NET Controls and Accessibility. CSS for Controls that Can be Disabled In ASP.NET 3.5, when a control is disabled (see WebControl.Enabled), a disabled attribute is added to the rendered HTML element. For example, the following markup creates a Label control that is disabled: <asp:Label id="Label1" runat="server"   Text="Test" Enabled="false" /> In ASP.NET 3.5, the previous control settings generate the following HTML: <span id="Label1" disabled="disabled">Test</span> In HTML 4.01, the disabled attribute is not considered valid on span elements. It is valid only on input elements because it specifies that they cannot be accessed. On display-only elements such as span elements, browsers typically support rendering for a disabled appearance, but a Web page that relies on this non-standard behavior is not robust according to accessibility standards. For display-only elements, you should use CSS to indicate a disabled visual appearance. Therefore, by default ASP.NET 4 generates the following HTML for the control settings shown previously: <span id="Label1" class="aspNetDisabled">Test</span> You can change the value of the class attribute that is rendered by default when a control is disabled by setting the DisabledCssClass property. CSS for Validation Controls In ASP.NET 3.5, validation controls render a default color of red as an inline style. For example, the following markup creates a RequiredFieldValidator control: <asp:RequiredFieldValidator ID="RequiredFieldValidator1" runat="server"   ErrorMessage="Required Field" ControlToValidate="RadioButtonList1" /> ASP.NET 3.5 renders the following HTML for the validator control: <span id="RequiredFieldValidator1"   style="color:Red;visibility:hidden;">RequiredFieldValidator</span> By default, ASP.NET 4 does not render an inline style to set the color to red. An inline style is used only to hide or show the validator, as shown in the following example: <span id="RequiredFieldValidator1"   style"visibility:hidden;">RequiredFieldValidator</span> Therefore, ASP.NET 4 does not automatically show error messages in red. For information about how to use CSS to specify a visual style for a validation control, see Validating User Input in ASP.NET Web Pages. CSS for the Hidden Fields Div Element ASP.NET uses hidden fields to store state information such as view state and control state. These hidden fields are contained by a div element. In ASP.NET 3.5, this div element does not have a class attribute or an id attribute. Therefore, CSS rules that affect all div elements could unintentionally cause this div to be visible. To avoid this problem, ASP.NET 4 renders the div element for hidden fields with a CSS class that you can use to differentiate the hidden fields div from others. The new classvalue is shown in the following example: <div class="aspNetHidden"> CSS for the Table, Image, and ImageButton Controls By default, in ASP.NET 3.5, some controls set the border attribute of rendered HTML to zero (0). The following example shows HTML that is generated by the Table control in ASP.NET 3.5: <table id="Table2" border="0"> The Image control and the ImageButton control also do this. Because this is not necessary and provides visual formatting information that should be provided by using CSS, the attribute is not generated in ASP.NET 4. CSS for the UpdatePanel and UpdateProgress Controls In ASP.NET 3.5, the UpdatePanel and UpdateProgress controls do not support expando attributes. This makes it impossible to set a CSS class on the HTMLelements that they render. In ASP.NET 4 these controls have been changed to accept expando attributes, as shown in the following example: <asp:UpdatePanel runat="server" class="myStyle"> </asp:UpdatePanel> The following HTML is rendered for this markup: <div id="ctl00_MainContent_UpdatePanel1" class="expandoclass"> </div> Eliminating Unnecessary Outer Tables In ASP.NET 3.5, the HTML that is rendered for the following controls is wrapped in a table element whose purpose is to apply inline styles to the entire control: FormView Login PasswordRecovery ChangePassword If you use templates to customize the appearance of these controls, you can specify CSS styles in the markup that you provide in the templates. In that case, no extra outer table is required. In ASP.NET 4, you can prevent the table from being rendered by setting the new RenderOuterTable property to false. Layout Templates for Wizard Controls In ASP.NET 3.5, the Wizard and CreateUserWizard controls generate an HTML table element that is used for visual formatting. In ASP.NET 4 you can use a LayoutTemplate element to specify the layout. If you do this, the HTML table element is not generated. In the template, you create placeholder controls to indicate where items should be dynamically inserted into the control. (This is similar to how the template model for the ListView control works.) For more information, see the Wizard.LayoutTemplate property. New HTML Formatting Options for the CheckBoxList and RadioButtonList Controls ASP.NET 3.5 uses HTML table elements to format the output for the CheckBoxList and RadioButtonList controls. To provide an alternative that does not use tables for visual formatting, ASP.NET 4 adds two new options to the RepeatLayout enumeration: UnorderedList. This option causes the HTML output to be formatted by using ul and li elements instead of a table. OrderedList. This option causes the HTML output to be formatted by using ol and li elements instead of a table. For examples of HTML that is rendered for the new options, see the RepeatLayout enumeration. Header and Footer Elements for the Table Control In ASP.NET 3.5, the Table control can be configured to render thead and tfoot elements by setting the TableSection property of the TableHeaderRow class and the TableFooterRow class. In ASP.NET 4 these properties are set to the appropriate values by default. CSS and ARIA Support for the Menu Control In ASP.NET 3.5, the Menu control uses HTML table elements for visual formatting, and in some configurations it is not keyboard-accessible. ASP.NET 4 addresses these problems and improves accessibility in the following ways: The generated HTML is structured as an unordered list (ul and li elements). CSS is used for visual formatting. The menu behaves in accordance with ARIA standards for keyboard access. You can use arrow keys to navigate menu items. (For information about ARIA, see Accessibility in Visual Studio and ASP.NET.) ARIA role and property attributes are added to the generated HTML. (Attributes are added by using JavaScript instead of included in the HTML, to avoid generating HTML that would cause markup validation errors.) Styles for the Menu control are rendered in a style block at the top of the page, instead of inline with the rendered HTML elements. If you want to use a separate CSS file so that you can modify the menu styles, you can set the Menu control's new IncludeStyleBlock property to false, in which case the style block is not generated. Valid XHTML for the HtmlForm Control In ASP.NET 3.5, the HtmlForm control (which is created implicitly by the <form runat="server"> tag) renders an HTML form element that has both name and id attributes. The name attribute is deprecated in XHTML 1.1. Therefore, this control does not render the name attribute in ASP.NET 4. Maintaining Backward Compatibility in Control Rendering An existing ASP.NET Web site might have code in it that assumes that controls are rendering HTML the way they do in ASP.NET 3.5. To avoid causing backward compatibility problems when you upgrade the site to ASP.NET 4, you can have ASP.NET continue to generate HTML the way it does in ASP.NET 3.5 after you upgrade the site. To do so, you can set the controlRenderingCompatibilityVersion attribute of the pages element to "3.5" in the Web.config file of an ASP.NET 4 Web site, as shown in the following example: <system.web>   <pages controlRenderingCompatibilityVersion="3.5"/> </system.web> If this setting is omitted, the default value is the same as the version of ASP.NET that the Web site targets. (For information about multi-targeting in ASP.NET, see .NET Framework Multi-Targeting for ASP.NET Web Projects.) ASP.NET MVC ASP.NET MVC helps Web developers build compelling standards-based Web sites that are easy to maintain because it decreases the dependency among application layers by using the Model-View-Controller (MVC) pattern. MVC provides complete control over the page markup. It also improves testability by inherently supporting Test Driven Development (TDD). Web sites created using ASP.NET MVC have a modular architecture. This allows members of a team to work independently on the various modules and can be used to improve collaboration. For example, developers can work on the model and controller layers (data and logic), while the designer work on the view (presentation). For tutorials, walkthroughs, conceptual content, code samples, and a complete API reference, see ASP.NET MVC 2. Dynamic Data Dynamic Data was introduced in the .NET Framework 3.5 SP1 release in mid-2008. This feature provides many enhancements for creating data-driven applications, such as the following: A RAD experience for quickly building a data-driven Web site. Automatic validation that is based on constraints defined in the data model. The ability to easily change the markup that is generated for fields in the GridView and DetailsView controls by using field templates that are part of your Dynamic Data project. For ASP.NET 4, Dynamic Data has been enhanced to give developers even more power for quickly building data-driven Web sites. For more information, see ASP.NET Dynamic Data Content Map. Enabling Dynamic Data for Individual Data-Bound Controls in Existing Web Applications You can use Dynamic Data features in existing ASP.NET Web applications that do not use scaffolding by enabling Dynamic Data for individual data-bound controls. Dynamic Data provides the presentation and data layer support for rendering these controls. When you enable Dynamic Data for data-bound controls, you get the following benefits: Setting default values for data fields. Dynamic Data enables you to provide default values at run time for fields in a data control. Interacting with the database without creating and registering a data model. Automatically validating the data that is entered by the user without writing any code. For more information, see Walkthrough: Enabling Dynamic Data in ASP.NET Data-Bound Controls. New Field Templates for URLs and E-mail Addresses ASP.NET 4 introduces two new built-in field templates, EmailAddress.ascx and Url.ascx. These templates are used for fields that are marked as EmailAddress or Url using the DataTypeAttribute attribute. For EmailAddress objects, the field is displayed as a hyperlink that is created by using the mailto: protocol. When users click the link, it opens the user's e-mail client and creates a skeleton message. Objects typed as Url are displayed as ordinary hyperlinks. The following example shows how to mark fields. [DataType(DataType.EmailAddress)] public object HomeEmail { get; set; } [DataType(DataType.Url)] public object Website { get; set; } Creating Links with the DynamicHyperLink Control Dynamic Data uses the new routing feature that was added in the .NET Framework 3.5 SP1 to control the URLs that users see when they access the Web site. The new DynamicHyperLink control makes it easy to build links to pages in a Dynamic Data site. For information, see How to: Create Table Action Links in Dynamic Data Support for Inheritance in the Data Model Both the ADO.NET Entity Framework and LINQ to SQL support inheritance in their data models. An example of this might be a database that has an InsurancePolicy table. It might also contain CarPolicy and HousePolicy tables that have the same fields as InsurancePolicy and then add more fields. Dynamic Data has been modified to understand inherited objects in the data model and to support scaffolding for the inherited tables. For more information, see Walkthrough: Mapping Table-per-Hierarchy Inheritance in Dynamic Data. Support for Many-to-Many Relationships (Entity Framework Only) The Entity Framework has rich support for many-to-many relationships between tables, which is implemented by exposing the relationship as a collection on an Entity object. New field templates (ManyToMany.ascx and ManyToMany_Edit.ascx) have been added to provide support for displaying and editing data that is involved in many-to-many relationships. For more information, see Working with Many-to-Many Data Relationships in Dynamic Data. New Attributes to Control Display and Support Enumerations The DisplayAttribute has been added to give you additional control over how fields are displayed. The DisplayNameAttribute attribute in earlier versions of Dynamic Data enabled you to change the name that is used as a caption for a field. The new DisplayAttribute class lets you specify more options for displaying a field, such as the order in which a field is displayed and whether a field will be used as a filter. The attribute also provides independent control of the name that is used for the labels in a GridView control, the name that is used in a DetailsView control, the help text for the field, and the watermark used for the field (if the field accepts text input). The EnumDataTypeAttribute class has been added to let you map fields to enumerations. When you apply this attribute to a field, you specify an enumeration type. Dynamic Data uses the new Enumeration.ascx field template to create UI for displaying and editing enumeration values. The template maps the values from the database to the names in the enumeration. Enhanced Support for Filters Dynamic Data 1.0 had built-in filters for Boolean columns and foreign-key columns. The filters did not let you specify the order in which they were displayed. The new DisplayAttribute attribute addresses this by giving you control over whether a column appears as a filter and in what order it will be displayed. An additional enhancement is that filtering support has been rewritten to use the new QueryExtender feature of Web Forms. This lets you create filters without requiring knowledge of the data source control that the filters will be used with. Along with these extensions, filters have also been turned into template controls, which lets you add new ones. Finally, the DisplayAttribute class mentioned earlier allows the default filter to be overridden, in the same way that UIHint allows the default field template for a column to be overridden. For more information, see Walkthrough: Filtering Rows in Tables That Have a Parent-Child Relationship and QueryableFilterRepeater. ASP.NET Chart Control The ASP.NET chart server control enables you to create ASP.NET pages applications that have simple, intuitive charts for complex statistical or financial analysis. The chart control supports the following features: Data series, chart areas, axes, legends, labels, titles, and more. Data binding. Data manipulation, such as copying, splitting, merging, alignment, grouping, sorting, searching, and filtering. Statistical formulas and financial formulas. Advanced chart appearance, such as 3-D, anti-aliasing, lighting, and perspective. Events and customizations. Interactivity and Microsoft Ajax. Support for the Ajax Content Delivery Network (CDN), which provides an optimized way for you to add Microsoft Ajax Library and jQuery scripts to your Web applications. For more information, see Chart Web Server Control Overview. Visual Web Developer Enhancements The following sections provide information about enhancements and new features in Visual Studio 2010 and Visual Web Developer Express. The Web page designer in Visual Studio 2010 has been enhanced for better CSS compatibility, includes additional support for HTML and ASP.NET markup snippets, and features a redesigned version of IntelliSense for JScript. Improved CSS Compatibility The Visual Web Developer designer in Visual Studio 2010 has been updated to improve CSS 2.1 standards compliance. The designer better preserves HTML source code and is more robust than in previous versions of Visual Studio. HTML and JScript Snippets In the HTML editor, IntelliSense auto-completes tag names. The IntelliSense Snippets feature auto-completes whole tags and more. In Visual Studio 2010, IntelliSense snippets are supported for JScript, alongside C# and Visual Basic, which were supported in earlier versions of Visual Studio. Visual Studio 2010 includes over 200 snippets that help you auto-complete common ASP.NET and HTML tags, including required attributes (such as runat="server") and common attributes specific to a tag (such as ID, DataSourceID, ControlToValidate, and Text). You can download additional snippets, or you can write your own snippets that encapsulate the blocks of markup that you or your team use for common tasks. For more information on HTML snippets, see Walkthrough: Using HTML Snippets. JScript IntelliSense Enhancements In Visual 2010, JScript IntelliSense has been redesigned to provide an even richer editing experience. IntelliSense now recognizes objects that have been dynamically generated by methods such as registerNamespace and by similar techniques used by other JavaScript frameworks. Performance has been improved to analyze large libraries of script and to display IntelliSense with little or no processing delay. Compatibility has been significantly increased to support almost all third-party libraries and to support diverse coding styles. Documentation comments are now parsed as you type and are immediately leveraged by IntelliSense. Web Application Deployment with Visual Studio 2010 For Web application projects, Visual Studio now provides tools that work with the IIS Web Deployment Tool (Web Deploy) to automate many processes that had to be done manually in earlier versions of ASP.NET. For example, the following tasks can now be automated: Creating an IIS application on the destination computer and configuring IIS settings. Copying files to the destination computer. Changing Web.config settings that must be different in the destination environment. Propagating changes to data or data structures in SQL Server databases that are used by the Web application. For more information about Web application deployment, see ASP.NET Deployment Content Map. Enhancements to ASP.NET Multi-Targeting ASP.NET 4 adds new features to the multi-targeting feature to make it easier to work with projects that target earlier versions of the .NET Framework. Multi-targeting was introduced in ASP.NET 3.5 to enable you to use the latest version of Visual Studio without having to upgrade existing Web sites or Web services to the latest version of the .NET Framework. In Visual Studio 2008, when you work with a project targeted for an earlier version of the .NET Framework, most features of the development environment adapt to the targeted version. However, IntelliSense displays language features that are available in the current version, and property windows display properties available in the current version. In Visual Studio 2010, only language features and properties available in the targeted version of the .NET Framework are shown. For more information about multi-targeting, see the following topics: .NET Framework Multi-Targeting for ASP.NET Web Projects ASP.NET Side-by-Side Execution Overview How to: Host Web Applications That Use Different Versions of the .NET Framework on the Same Server How to: Deploy Web Site Projects Targeted for Earlier Versions of the .NET Framework

    Read the article

  • FreeBSD performance tuning. Sysctls, loader.conf, kernel

    - by SaveTheRbtz
    I wanted to share knowledge of tuning FreeBSD via sysctl.conf/loader.conf/KENCONF. It was initially based on Igor Sysoev's (author of nginx) presentation about FreeBSD tuning up to 100,000-200,000 active connections. Tunings are for FreeBSD-CURRENT. Since 7.2 amd64 some of them are tuned well by default. Prior 7.0 some of them are boot only (set via /boot/loader.conf) or does not exist at all. sysctl.conf: # No zero mapping feature # May break wine # (There are also reports about broken samba3) #security.bsd.map_at_zero=0 # If you have really busy webserver with apache13 you may run out of processes #kern.maxproc=10000 # Same for servers with apache2 / Pound #kern.threads.max_threads_per_proc=4096 # Max. backlog size kern.ipc.somaxconn=4096 # Shared memory // 7.2+ can use shared memory > 2Gb kern.ipc.shmmax=2147483648 # Sockets kern.ipc.maxsockets=204800 # Can cause this on older kernels: # http://old.nabble.com/Significant-performance-regression-for-increased-maxsockbuf-on-8.0-RELEASE-tt26745981.html#a26745981 ) kern.ipc.maxsockbuf=10485760 # Mbuf 2k clusters (on amd64 7.2+ 25600 is default) # For such high value vm.kmem_size must be increased to 3G kern.ipc.nmbclusters=262144 # Jumbo pagesize(_SC_PAGESIZE) clusters # Used as general packet storage for jumbo frames # can be monitored via `netstat -m` #kern.ipc.nmbjumbop=262144 # Jumbo 9k/16k clusters # If you are using them #kern.ipc.nmbjumbo9=65536 #kern.ipc.nmbjumbo16=32768 # For lower latency you can decrease scheduler's maximum time slice # default: stathz/10 (~ 13) #kern.sched.slice=1 # Increase max command-line length showed in `ps` (e.g for Tomcat/Java) # Default is PAGE_SIZE / 16 or 256 on x86 # This avoids commands to be presented as [executable] in `ps` # For more info see: http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=120749 kern.ps_arg_cache_limit=4096 # Every socket is a file, so increase them kern.maxfiles=204800 kern.maxfilesperproc=200000 kern.maxvnodes=200000 # On some systems HPET is almost 2 times faster than default ACPI-fast # Useful on systems with lots of clock_gettime / gettimeofday calls # See http://old.nabble.com/ACPI-fast-default-timecounter,-but-HPET-83--faster-td23248172.html # After revision 222222 HPET became default: http://svnweb.freebsd.org/base?view=revision&revision=222222 kern.timecounter.hardware=HPET # Small receive space, only usable on http-server, on file server this # should be increased to 65535 or even more #net.inet.tcp.recvspace=8192 # This is useful on Fat-Long-Pipes #net.inet.tcp.recvbuf_max=10485760 #net.inet.tcp.recvbuf_inc=65535 # Small send space is useful for http servers that serve small files # Autotuned since 7.x net.inet.tcp.sendspace=16384 # This is useful on Fat-Long-Pipes #net.inet.tcp.sendbuf_max=10485760 #net.inet.tcp.sendbuf_inc=65535 # Turn off receive autotuning # You can play with it. #net.inet.tcp.recvbuf_auto=0 #net.inet.tcp.sendbuf_auto=0 # This should be enabled if you going to use big spaces (>64k) # Also timestamp field is useful when using syncookies net.inet.tcp.rfc1323=1 # Turn this off on high-speed, lossless connections (LAN 1Gbit+) # If you set it there is no need in TCP_NODELAY sockopt (see man tcp) net.inet.tcp.delayed_ack=0 # This feature is useful if you are serving data over modems, Gigabit Ethernet, # or even high speed WAN links (or any other link with a high bandwidth delay product), # especially if you are also using window scaling or have configured a large send window. # Automatically disables on small RTT ( http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/cvsweb.cgi/src/sys/netinet/tcp_subr.c?#rev1.237 ) # This sysctl was removed in 10-CURRENT: # See: http://www.mail-archive.com/[email protected]/msg06178.html #net.inet.tcp.inflight.enable=0 # TCP slowstart algorithm tunings # We assuming we have very fast clients #net.inet.tcp.slowstart_flightsize=100 #net.inet.tcp.local_slowstart_flightsize=100 # Disable randomizing of ports to avoid false RST # Before usage check SA here www.bsdcan.org/2006/papers/ImprovingTCPIP.pdf # (it's also says that port randomization auto-disables at some conn.rates, but I didn't checked it thou) #net.inet.ip.portrange.randomized=0 # Increase portrange # For outgoing connections only. Good for seed-boxes and ftp servers. net.inet.ip.portrange.first=1024 net.inet.ip.portrange.last=65535 # # stops route cache degregation during a high-bandwidth flood # http://www.freebsd.org/doc/en/books/handbook/securing-freebsd.html #net.inet.ip.rtexpire=2 net.inet.ip.rtminexpire=2 net.inet.ip.rtmaxcache=1024 # Security net.inet.ip.redirect=0 net.inet.ip.sourceroute=0 net.inet.ip.accept_sourceroute=0 net.inet.icmp.maskrepl=0 net.inet.icmp.log_redirect=0 net.inet.icmp.drop_redirect=1 net.inet.tcp.drop_synfin=1 # # There is also good example of sysctl.conf with comments: # http://www.thern.org/projects/sysctl.conf # # icmp may NOT rst, helpful for those pesky spoofed # icmp/udp floods that end up taking up your outgoing # bandwidth/ifqueue due to all that outgoing RST traffic. # #net.inet.tcp.icmp_may_rst=0 # Security net.inet.udp.blackhole=1 net.inet.tcp.blackhole=2 # IPv6 Security # For more info see http://www.fosslc.org/drupal/content/security-implications-ipv6 # Disable Node info replies # To see this vulnerability in action run `ping6 -a sglAac ::1` or `ping6 -w ::1` on unprotected node net.inet6.icmp6.nodeinfo=0 # Turn on IPv6 privacy extensions # For more info see proposal http://unix.derkeiler.com/Mailing-Lists/FreeBSD/net/2008-06/msg00103.html net.inet6.ip6.use_tempaddr=1 net.inet6.ip6.prefer_tempaddr=1 # Disable ICMP redirect net.inet6.icmp6.rediraccept=0 # Disable acceptation of RA and auto linklocal generation if you don't use them #net.inet6.ip6.accept_rtadv=0 #net.inet6.ip6.auto_linklocal=0 # Increases default TTL, sometimes useful # Default is 64 net.inet.ip.ttl=128 # Lessen max segment life to conserve resources # ACK waiting time in miliseconds # (default: 30000. RFC from 1979 recommends 120000) net.inet.tcp.msl=5000 # Max bumber of timewait sockets net.inet.tcp.maxtcptw=200000 # Don't use tw on local connections # As of 15 Apr 2009. Igor Sysoev says that nolocaltimewait has some buggy realization. # So disable it or now till get fixed #net.inet.tcp.nolocaltimewait=1 # FIN_WAIT_2 state fast recycle net.inet.tcp.fast_finwait2_recycle=1 # Time before tcp keepalive probe is sent # default is 2 hours (7200000) #net.inet.tcp.keepidle=60000 # Should be increased until net.inet.ip.intr_queue_drops is zero net.inet.ip.intr_queue_maxlen=4096 # Interrupt handling via multiple CPU, but with context switch. # You can play with it. Default is 1; #net.isr.direct=0 # This is for routers only #net.inet.ip.forwarding=1 #net.inet.ip.fastforwarding=1 # This speed ups dummynet when channel isn't saturated net.inet.ip.dummynet.io_fast=1 # Increase dummynet(4) hash #net.inet.ip.dummynet.hash_size=2048 #net.inet.ip.dummynet.max_chain_len # Should be increased when you have A LOT of files on server # (Increase until vfs.ufs.dirhash_mem becomes lower) vfs.ufs.dirhash_maxmem=67108864 # Note from commit http://svn.freebsd.org/base/head@211031 : # For systems with RAID volumes and/or virtualization envirnments, where # read performance is very important, increasing this sysctl tunable to 32 # or even more will demonstratively yield additional performance benefits. vfs.read_max=32 # Explicit Congestion Notification (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Explicit_Congestion_Notification) net.inet.tcp.ecn.enable=1 # Flowtable - flow caching mechanism # Useful for routers #net.inet.flowtable.enable=1 #net.inet.flowtable.nmbflows=65535 # Extreme polling tuning #kern.polling.burst_max=1000 #kern.polling.each_burst=1000 #kern.polling.reg_frac=100 #kern.polling.user_frac=1 #kern.polling.idle_poll=0 # IPFW dynamic rules and timeouts tuning # Increase dyn_buckets till net.inet.ip.fw.curr_dyn_buckets is lower net.inet.ip.fw.dyn_buckets=65536 net.inet.ip.fw.dyn_max=65536 net.inet.ip.fw.dyn_ack_lifetime=120 net.inet.ip.fw.dyn_syn_lifetime=10 net.inet.ip.fw.dyn_fin_lifetime=2 net.inet.ip.fw.dyn_short_lifetime=10 # Make packets pass firewall only once when using dummynet # i.e. packets going thru pipe are passing out from firewall with accept #net.inet.ip.fw.one_pass=1 # shm_use_phys Wires all shared pages, making them unswappable # Use this to lessen Virtual Memory Manager's work when using Shared Mem. # Useful for databases #kern.ipc.shm_use_phys=1 # ZFS # Enable prefetch. Useful for sequential load type i.e fileserver. # FreeBSD sets vfs.zfs.prefetch_disable to 1 on any i386 systems and # on any amd64 systems with less than 4GB of avaiable memory # For additional info check this nabble thread http://old.nabble.com/Samba-read-speed-performance-tuning-td27964534.html #vfs.zfs.prefetch_disable=0 # On highload servers you may notice following message in dmesg: # "Approaching the limit on PV entries, consider increasing either the # vm.pmap.shpgperproc or the vm.pmap.pv_entry_max tunable" vm.pmap.shpgperproc=2048 loader.conf: # Accept filters for data, http and DNS requests # Useful when your software uses select() instead of kevent/kqueue or when you under DDoS # DNS accf available on 8.0+ accf_data_load="YES" accf_http_load="YES" accf_dns_load="YES" # Async IO system calls aio_load="YES" # Linux specific devices in /dev # As for 8.1 it only /dev/full #lindev_load="YES" # Adds NCQ support in FreeBSD # WARNING! all ad[0-9]+ devices will be renamed to ada[0-9]+ # 8.0+ only #ahci_load="YES" #siis_load="YES" # FreeBSD 8.2+ # New Congestion Control for FreeBSD # http://caia.swin.edu.au/urp/newtcp/tools/cc_chd-readme-0.1.txt # http://www.ietf.org/proceedings/78/slides/iccrg-5.pdf # Initial merge commit message http://www.mail-archive.com/[email protected]/msg31410.html #cc_chd_load="YES" # Increase kernel memory size to 3G. # # Use ONLY if you have KVA_PAGES in kernel configuration, and you have more than 3G RAM # Otherwise panic will happen on next reboot! # # It's required for high buffer sizes: kern.ipc.nmbjumbop, kern.ipc.nmbclusters, etc # Useful on highload stateful firewalls, proxies or ZFS fileservers # (FreeBSD 7.2+ amd64 users: Check that current value is lower!) #vm.kmem_size="3G" # If your server has lots of swap (>4Gb) you should increase following value # according to http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-hackers/2009-October/029616.html # Otherwise you'll be getting errors # "kernel: swap zone exhausted, increase kern.maxswzone" # kern.maxswzone="256M" # Older versions of FreeBSD can't tune maxfiles on the fly #kern.maxfiles="200000" # Useful for databases # Sets maximum data size to 1G # (FreeBSD 7.2+ amd64 users: Check that current value is lower!) #kern.maxdsiz="1G" # Maximum buffer size(vfs.maxbufspace) # You can check current one via vfs.bufspace # Should be lowered/upped depending on server's load-type # Usually decreased to preserve kmem # (default is 10% of mem) #kern.maxbcache="512M" # Sendfile buffers # For i386 only #kern.ipc.nsfbufs=10240 # FreeBSD 9+ # HPET "legacy route" support. It should allow HPET to work per-CPU # See http://www.mail-archive.com/[email protected]/msg03603.html #hint.atrtc.0.clock=0 #hint.attimer.0.clock=0 #hint.hpet.0.legacy_route=1 # syncache Hash table tuning net.inet.tcp.syncache.hashsize=1024 net.inet.tcp.syncache.bucketlimit=512 net.inet.tcp.syncache.cachelimit=65536 # Increased hostcache # Later host cache can be viewed via net.inet.tcp.hostcache.list hidden sysctl # Very useful for it's RTT RTTVAR # Must be power of two net.inet.tcp.hostcache.hashsize=65536 # hashsize * bucketlimit (which is 30 by default) # It allocates 255Mb (1966080*136) of RAM net.inet.tcp.hostcache.cachelimit=1966080 # TCP control-block Hash table tuning net.inet.tcp.tcbhashsize=4096 # Disable ipfw deny all # Should be uncommented when there is a chance that # kernel and ipfw binary may be out-of sync on next reboot #net.inet.ip.fw.default_to_accept=1 # # SIFTR (Statistical Information For TCP Research) is a kernel module that # logs a range of statistics on active TCP connections to a log file. # See prerelease notes http://groups.google.com/group/mailing.freebsd.current/browse_thread/thread/b4c18be6cdce76e4 # and man 4 sitfr #siftr_load="YES" # Enable superpages, for 7.2+ only # Also read http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-hackers/2009-November/030094.html vm.pmap.pg_ps_enabled=1 # Usefull if you are using Intel-Gigabit NIC #hw.em.rxd=4096 #hw.em.txd=4096 #hw.em.rx_process_limit="-1" # Also if you have ALOT interrupts on NIC - play with following parameters # NOTE: You should set them for every NIC #dev.em.0.rx_int_delay: 250 #dev.em.0.tx_int_delay: 250 #dev.em.0.rx_abs_int_delay: 250 #dev.em.0.tx_abs_int_delay: 250 # There is also multithreaded version of em/igb drivers can be found here: # http://people.yandex-team.ru/~wawa/ # # for additional em monitoring and statistics use # sysctl dev.em.0.stats=1 ; dmesg # sysctl dev.em.0.debug=1 ; dmesg # Also after r209242 (-CURRENT) there is a separate sysctl for each stat variable; # Same tunings for igb #hw.igb.rxd=4096 #hw.igb.txd=4096 #hw.igb.rx_process_limit=100 # Some useful netisr tunables. See sysctl net.isr #net.isr.maxthreads=4 #net.isr.defaultqlimit=4096 #net.isr.maxqlimit: 10240 # Bind netisr threads to CPUs #net.isr.bindthreads=1 # # FreeBSD 9.x+ # Increase interface send queue length # See commit message http://svn.freebsd.org/viewvc/base?view=revision&revision=207554 #net.link.ifqmaxlen=1024 # Nicer boot logo =) loader_logo="beastie" And finally here is KERNCONF: # Just some of them, see also # cat /sys/{i386,amd64,}/conf/NOTES # This one useful only on i386 #options KVA_PAGES=512 # You can play with HZ in environments with high interrupt rate (default is 1000) # 100 is for my notebook to prolong it's battery life #options HZ=100 # Polling is goot on network loads with high packet rates and low-end NICs # NB! Do not enable it if you want more than one netisr thread #options DEVICE_POLLING # Eliminate datacopy on socket read-write # To take advantage with zero copy sockets you should have an MTU >= 4k # This req. is only for receiving data. # Read more in man zero_copy_sockets # Also this epic thread on kernel trap: # http://kerneltrap.org/node/6506 # Here Linus says that "anybody that does it that way (FreeBSD) is totally incompetent" #options ZERO_COPY_SOCKETS # Support TCP sign. Used for IPSec options TCP_SIGNATURE # There was stackoverflow found in KAME IPSec stack: # See http://secunia.com/advisories/43995/ # For quick workaround you can use `ipfw add deny proto ipcomp` options IPSEC # This ones can be loaded as modules. They described in loader.conf section #options ACCEPT_FILTER_DATA #options ACCEPT_FILTER_HTTP # Adding ipfw, also can be loaded as modules options IPFIREWALL # On 8.1+ you can disable verbose to see blocked packets on ipfw0 interface. # Also there is no point in compiling verbose into the kernel, because # now there is net.inet.ip.fw.verbose tunable. #options IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE #options IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE_LIMIT=10 options IPFIREWALL_FORWARD # Adding kernel NAT options IPFIREWALL_NAT options LIBALIAS # Traffic shaping options DUMMYNET # Divert, i.e. for userspace NAT options IPDIVERT # This is for OpenBSD's pf firewall device pf device pflog # pf's QoS - ALTQ options ALTQ options ALTQ_CBQ # Class Bases Queuing (CBQ) options ALTQ_RED # Random Early Detection (RED) options ALTQ_RIO # RED In/Out options ALTQ_HFSC # Hierarchical Packet Scheduler (HFSC) options ALTQ_PRIQ # Priority Queuing (PRIQ) options ALTQ_NOPCC # Required for SMP build # Pretty console # Manual can be found here http://forums.freebsd.org/showthread.php?t=6134 #options VESA #options SC_PIXEL_MODE # Disable reboot on Ctrl Alt Del #options SC_DISABLE_REBOOT # Change normal|kernel messages color options SC_NORM_ATTR=(FG_GREEN|BG_BLACK) options SC_KERNEL_CONS_ATTR=(FG_YELLOW|BG_BLACK) # More scroll space options SC_HISTORY_SIZE=8192 # Adding hardware crypto device device crypto device cryptodev # Useful network interfaces device vlan device tap #Virtual Ethernet driver device gre #IP over IP tunneling device if_bridge #Bridge interface device pfsync #synchronization interface for PF device carp #Common Address Redundancy Protocol device enc #IPsec interface device lagg #Link aggregation interface device stf #IPv4-IPv6 port # Also for my notebook, but may be used with Opteron device amdtemp # Same for Intel processors device coretemp # man 4 cpuctl device cpuctl # CPU control pseudo-device # Support for ECMP. More than one route for destination # Works even with default route so one can use it as LB for two ISP # For now code is unstable and panics (panic: rtfree 2) on route deletions. #options RADIX_MPATH # Multicast routing #options MROUTING #options PIM # Debug & DTrace options KDB # Kernel debugger related code options KDB_TRACE # Print a stack trace for a panic options KDTRACE_FRAME # amd64-only(?) options KDTRACE_HOOKS # all architectures - enable general DTrace hooks #options DDB #options DDB_CTF # all architectures - kernel ELF linker loads CTF data # Adaptive spining in lockmgr (8.x+) # See http://www.mail-archive.com/[email protected]/msg10782.html options ADAPTIVE_LOCKMGRS # UTF-8 in console (8.x+) #options TEKEN_UTF8 # FreeBSD 8.1+ # Deadlock resolver thread # For additional information see http://www.mail-archive.com/[email protected]/msg18124.html # (FYI: "resolution" is panic so use with caution) #options DEADLKRES # Increase maximum size of Raw I/O and sendfile(2) readahead #options MAXPHYS=(1024*1024) #options MAXBSIZE=(1024*1024) # For scheduler debug enable following option. # Debug will be available via `kern.sched.stats` sysctl # For more information see http://svnweb.freebsd.org/base/head/sys/conf/NOTES?view=markup #options SCHED_STATS If you are tuning network for maximum performance you may wish to play with ifconfig options like: # You can list all capabilities via `ifconfig -m` ifconfig [-]rxcsum [-]txcsum [-]tso [-]lro mtu In case you've enabled DDB in kernel config, you should edit your /etc/ddb.conf and add something like this to enable automatic reboot (and textdump as bonus): script kdb.enter.panic=textdump set; capture on; show pcpu; bt; ps; alltrace; capture off; call doadump; reset script kdb.enter.default=textdump set; capture on; bt; ps; capture off; call doadump; reset And do not forget to add ddb_enable="YES" to /etc/rc.conf Since FreeBSD 9 you can select to enable/disable flowcontrol on your NIC: # See http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ethernet_flow_control and # http://www.mail-archive.com/[email protected]/msg07927.html for additional info ifconfig bge0 media auto mediaopt flowcontrol PS. Also most of FreeBSD's limits can be monitored by # vmstat -z and # limits PPS. variety of network counters can be monitored via # netstat -s In FreeBSD-9 netstat's -Q option appeared, try following command to display netisr stats # netstat -Q PPPS. also see # man 7 tuning PPPPS. I wanted to thank FreeBSD community, especially author of nginx - Igor Sysoev, nginx-ru@ and FreeBSD-performance@ mailing lists for providing useful information about FreeBSD tuning. FreeBSD WIP * Whats cooking for FreeBSD 7? * Whats cooking for FreeBSD 8? * Whats cooking for FreeBSD 9? So here is the question: What tunings are you using on yours FreeBSD servers? You can also post your /etc/sysctl.conf, /boot/loader.conf, kernel options, etc with description of its' meaning (do not copy-paste from sysctl -d). Don't forget to specify server type (web, smb, gateway, etc) Let's share experience!

    Read the article

  • An Introduction to ASP.NET Web API

    - by Rick Strahl
    Microsoft recently released ASP.NET MVC 4.0 and .NET 4.5 and along with it, the brand spanking new ASP.NET Web API. Web API is an exciting new addition to the ASP.NET stack that provides a new, well-designed HTTP framework for creating REST and AJAX APIs (API is Microsoft’s new jargon for a service, in case you’re wondering). Although Web API ships and installs with ASP.NET MVC 4, you can use Web API functionality in any ASP.NET project, including WebForms, WebPages and MVC or just a Web API by itself. And you can also self-host Web API in your own applications from Console, Desktop or Service applications. If you're interested in a high level overview on what ASP.NET Web API is and how it fits into the ASP.NET stack you can check out my previous post: Where does ASP.NET Web API fit? In the following article, I'll focus on a practical, by example introduction to ASP.NET Web API. All the code discussed in this article is available in GitHub: https://github.com/RickStrahl/AspNetWebApiArticle [republished from my Code Magazine Article and updated for RTM release of ASP.NET Web API] Getting Started To start I’ll create a new empty ASP.NET application to demonstrate that Web API can work with any kind of ASP.NET project. Although you can create a new project based on the ASP.NET MVC/Web API template to quickly get up and running, I’ll take you through the manual setup process, because one common use case is to add Web API functionality to an existing ASP.NET application. This process describes the steps needed to hook up Web API to any ASP.NET 4.0 application. Start by creating an ASP.NET Empty Project. Then create a new folder in the project called Controllers. Add a Web API Controller Class Once you have any kind of ASP.NET project open, you can add a Web API Controller class to it. Web API Controllers are very similar to MVC Controller classes, but they work in any kind of project. Add a new item to this folder by using the Add New Item option in Visual Studio and choose Web API Controller Class, as shown in Figure 1. Figure 1: This is how you create a new Controller Class in Visual Studio   Make sure that the name of the controller class includes Controller at the end of it, which is required in order for Web API routing to find it. Here, the name for the class is AlbumApiController. For this example, I’ll use a Music Album model to demonstrate basic behavior of Web API. The model consists of albums and related songs where an album has properties like Name, Artist and YearReleased and a list of songs with a SongName and SongLength as well as an AlbumId that links it to the album. You can find the code for the model (and the rest of these samples) on Github. To add the file manually, create a new folder called Model, and add a new class Album.cs and copy the code into it. There’s a static AlbumData class with a static CreateSampleAlbumData() method that creates a short list of albums on a static .Current that I’ll use for the examples. Before we look at what goes into the controller class though, let’s hook up routing so we can access this new controller. Hooking up Routing in Global.asax To start, I need to perform the one required configuration task in order for Web API to work: I need to configure routing to the controller. Like MVC, Web API uses routing to provide clean, extension-less URLs to controller methods. Using an extension method to ASP.NET’s static RouteTable class, you can use the MapHttpRoute() (in the System.Web.Http namespace) method to hook-up the routing during Application_Start in global.asax.cs shown in Listing 1.using System; using System.Web.Routing; using System.Web.Http; namespace AspNetWebApi { public class Global : System.Web.HttpApplication { protected void Application_Start(object sender, EventArgs e) { RouteTable.Routes.MapHttpRoute( name: "AlbumVerbs", routeTemplate: "albums/{title}", defaults: new { symbol = RouteParameter.Optional, controller="AlbumApi" } ); } } } This route configures Web API to direct URLs that start with an albums folder to the AlbumApiController class. Routing in ASP.NET is used to create extensionless URLs and allows you to map segments of the URL to specific Route Value parameters. A route parameter, with a name inside curly brackets like {name}, is mapped to parameters on the controller methods. Route parameters can be optional, and there are two special route parameters – controller and action – that determine the controller to call and the method to activate respectively. HTTP Verb Routing Routing in Web API can route requests by HTTP Verb in addition to standard {controller},{action} routing. For the first examples, I use HTTP Verb routing, as shown Listing 1. Notice that the route I’ve defined does not include an {action} route value or action value in the defaults. Rather, Web API can use the HTTP Verb in this route to determine the method to call the controller, and a GET request maps to any method that starts with Get. So methods called Get() or GetAlbums() are matched by a GET request and a POST request maps to a Post() or PostAlbum(). Web API matches a method by name and parameter signature to match a route, query string or POST values. In lieu of the method name, the [HttpGet,HttpPost,HttpPut,HttpDelete, etc] attributes can also be used to designate the accepted verbs explicitly if you don’t want to follow the verb naming conventions. Although HTTP Verb routing is a good practice for REST style resource APIs, it’s not required and you can still use more traditional routes with an explicit {action} route parameter. When {action} is supplied, the HTTP verb routing is ignored. I’ll talk more about alternate routes later. When you’re finished with initial creation of files, your project should look like Figure 2.   Figure 2: The initial project has the new API Controller Album model   Creating a small Album Model Now it’s time to create some controller methods to serve data. For these examples, I’ll use a very simple Album and Songs model to play with, as shown in Listing 2. public class Song { public string AlbumId { get; set; } [Required, StringLength(80)] public string SongName { get; set; } [StringLength(5)] public string SongLength { get; set; } } public class Album { public string Id { get; set; } [Required, StringLength(80)] public string AlbumName { get; set; } [StringLength(80)] public string Artist { get; set; } public int YearReleased { get; set; } public DateTime Entered { get; set; } [StringLength(150)] public string AlbumImageUrl { get; set; } [StringLength(200)] public string AmazonUrl { get; set; } public virtual List<Song> Songs { get; set; } public Album() { Songs = new List<Song>(); Entered = DateTime.Now; // Poor man's unique Id off GUID hash Id = Guid.NewGuid().GetHashCode().ToString("x"); } public void AddSong(string songName, string songLength = null) { this.Songs.Add(new Song() { AlbumId = this.Id, SongName = songName, SongLength = songLength }); } } Once the model has been created, I also added an AlbumData class that generates some static data in memory that is loaded onto a static .Current member. The signature of this class looks like this and that's what I'll access to retrieve the base data:public static class AlbumData { // sample data - static list public static List<Album> Current = CreateSampleAlbumData(); /// <summary> /// Create some sample data /// </summary> /// <returns></returns> public static List<Album> CreateSampleAlbumData() { … }} You can check out the full code for the data generation online. Creating an AlbumApiController Web API shares many concepts of ASP.NET MVC, and the implementation of your API logic is done by implementing a subclass of the System.Web.Http.ApiController class. Each public method in the implemented controller is a potential endpoint for the HTTP API, as long as a matching route can be found to invoke it. The class name you create should end in Controller, which is how Web API matches the controller route value to figure out which class to invoke. Inside the controller you can implement methods that take standard .NET input parameters and return .NET values as results. Web API’s binding tries to match POST data, route values, form values or query string values to your parameters. Because the controller is configured for HTTP Verb based routing (no {action} parameter in the route), any methods that start with Getxxxx() are called by an HTTP GET operation. You can have multiple methods that match each HTTP Verb as long as the parameter signatures are different and can be matched by Web API. In Listing 3, I create an AlbumApiController with two methods to retrieve a list of albums and a single album by its title .public class AlbumApiController : ApiController { public IEnumerable<Album> GetAlbums() { var albums = AlbumData.Current.OrderBy(alb => alb.Artist); return albums; } public Album GetAlbum(string title) { var album = AlbumData.Current .SingleOrDefault(alb => alb.AlbumName.Contains(title)); return album; }} To access the first two requests, you can use the following URLs in your browser: http://localhost/aspnetWebApi/albumshttp://localhost/aspnetWebApi/albums/Dirty%20Deeds Note that you’re not specifying the actions of GetAlbum or GetAlbums in these URLs. Instead Web API’s routing uses HTTP GET verb to route to these methods that start with Getxxx() with the first mapping to the parameterless GetAlbums() method and the latter to the GetAlbum(title) method that receives the title parameter mapped as optional in the route. Content Negotiation When you access any of the URLs above from a browser, you get either an XML or JSON result returned back. The album list result for Chrome 17 and Internet Explorer 9 is shown Figure 3. Figure 3: Web API responses can vary depending on the browser used, demonstrating Content Negotiation in action as these two browsers send different HTTP Accept headers.   Notice that the results are not the same: Chrome returns an XML response and IE9 returns a JSON response. Whoa, what’s going on here? Shouldn’t we see the same result in both browsers? Actually, no. Web API determines what type of content to return based on Accept headers. HTTP clients, like browsers, use Accept headers to specify what kind of content they’d like to see returned. Browsers generally ask for HTML first, followed by a few additional content types. Chrome (and most other major browsers) ask for: Accept: text/html, application/xhtml+xml,application/xml; q=0.9,*/*;q=0.8 IE9 asks for: Accept: text/html, application/xhtml+xml, */* Note that Chrome’s Accept header includes application/xml, which Web API finds in its list of supported media types and returns an XML response. IE9 does not include an Accept header type that works on Web API by default, and so it returns the default format, which is JSON. This is an important and very useful feature that was missing from any previous Microsoft REST tools: Web API automatically switches output formats based on HTTP Accept headers. Nowhere in the server code above do you have to explicitly specify the output format. Rather, Web API determines what format the client is requesting based on the Accept headers and automatically returns the result based on the available formatters. This means that a single method can handle both XML and JSON results.. Using this simple approach makes it very easy to create a single controller method that can return JSON, XML, ATOM or even OData feeds by providing the appropriate Accept header from the client. By default you don’t have to worry about the output format in your code. Note that you can still specify an explicit output format if you choose, either globally by overriding the installed formatters, or individually by returning a lower level HttpResponseMessage instance and setting the formatter explicitly. More on that in a minute. Along the same lines, any content sent to the server via POST/PUT is parsed by Web API based on the HTTP Content-type of the data sent. The same formats allowed for output are also allowed on input. Again, you don’t have to do anything in your code – Web API automatically performs the deserialization from the content. Accessing Web API JSON Data with jQuery A very common scenario for Web API endpoints is to retrieve data for AJAX calls from the Web browser. Because JSON is the default format for Web API, it’s easy to access data from the server using jQuery and its getJSON() method. This example receives the albums array from GetAlbums() and databinds it into the page using knockout.js.$.getJSON("albums/", function (albums) { // make knockout template visible $(".album").show(); // create view object and attach array var view = { albums: albums }; ko.applyBindings(view); }); Figure 4 shows this and the next example’s HTML output. You can check out the complete HTML and script code at http://goo.gl/Ix33C (.html) and http://goo.gl/tETlg (.js). Figu Figure 4: The Album Display sample uses JSON data loaded from Web API.   The result from the getJSON() call is a JavaScript object of the server result, which comes back as a JavaScript array. In the code, I use knockout.js to bind this array into the UI, which as you can see, requires very little code, instead using knockout’s data-bind attributes to bind server data to the UI. Of course, this is just one way to use the data – it’s entirely up to you to decide what to do with the data in your client code. Along the same lines, I can retrieve a single album to display when the user clicks on an album. The response returns the album information and a child array with all the songs. The code to do this is very similar to the last example where we pulled the albums array:$(".albumlink").live("click", function () { var id = $(this).data("id"); // title $.getJSON("albums/" + id, function (album) { ko.applyBindings(album, $("#divAlbumDialog")[0]); $("#divAlbumDialog").show(); }); }); Here the URL looks like this: /albums/Dirty%20Deeds, where the title is the ID captured from the clicked element’s data ID attribute. Explicitly Overriding Output Format When Web API automatically converts output using content negotiation, it does so by matching Accept header media types to the GlobalConfiguration.Configuration.Formatters and the SupportedMediaTypes of each individual formatter. You can add and remove formatters to globally affect what formats are available and it’s easy to create and plug in custom formatters.The example project includes a JSONP formatter that can be plugged in to provide JSONP support for requests that have a callback= querystring parameter. Adding, removing or replacing formatters is a global option you can use to manipulate content. It’s beyond the scope of this introduction to show how it works, but you can review the sample code or check out my blog entry on the subject (http://goo.gl/UAzaR). If automatic processing is not desirable in a particular Controller method, you can override the response output explicitly by returning an HttpResponseMessage instance. HttpResponseMessage is similar to ActionResult in ASP.NET MVC in that it’s a common way to return an abstract result message that contains content. HttpResponseMessage s parsed by the Web API framework using standard interfaces to retrieve the response data, status code, headers and so on[MS2] . Web API turns every response – including those Controller methods that return static results – into HttpResponseMessage instances. Explicitly returning an HttpResponseMessage instance gives you full control over the output and lets you mostly bypass WebAPI’s post-processing of the HTTP response on your behalf. HttpResponseMessage allows you to customize the response in great detail. Web API’s attention to detail in the HTTP spec really shows; many HTTP options are exposed as properties and enumerations with detailed IntelliSense comments. Even if you’re new to building REST-based interfaces, the API guides you in the right direction for returning valid responses and response codes. For example, assume that I always want to return JSON from the GetAlbums() controller method and ignore the default media type content negotiation. To do this, I can adjust the output format and headers as shown in Listing 4.public HttpResponseMessage GetAlbums() { var albums = AlbumData.Current.OrderBy(alb => alb.Artist); // Create a new HttpResponse with Json Formatter explicitly var resp = new HttpResponseMessage(HttpStatusCode.OK); resp.Content = new ObjectContent<IEnumerable<Album>>( albums, new JsonMediaTypeFormatter()); // Get Default Formatter based on Content Negotiation //var resp = Request.CreateResponse<IEnumerable<Album>>(HttpStatusCode.OK, albums); resp.Headers.ConnectionClose = true; resp.Headers.CacheControl = new CacheControlHeaderValue(); resp.Headers.CacheControl.Public = true; return resp; } This example returns the same IEnumerable<Album> value, but it wraps the response into an HttpResponseMessage so you can control the entire HTTP message result including the headers, formatter and status code. In Listing 4, I explicitly specify the formatter using the JsonMediaTypeFormatter to always force the content to JSON.  If you prefer to use the default content negotiation with HttpResponseMessage results, you can create the Response instance using the Request.CreateResponse method:var resp = Request.CreateResponse<IEnumerable<Album>>(HttpStatusCode.OK, albums); This provides you an HttpResponse object that's pre-configured with the default formatter based on Content Negotiation. Once you have an HttpResponse object you can easily control most HTTP aspects on this object. What's sweet here is that there are many more detailed properties on HttpResponse than the core ASP.NET Response object, with most options being explicitly configurable with enumerations that make it easy to pick the right headers and response codes from a list of valid codes. It makes HTTP features available much more discoverable even for non-hardcore REST/HTTP geeks. Non-Serialized Results The output returned doesn’t have to be a serialized value but can also be raw data, like strings, binary data or streams. You can use the HttpResponseMessage.Content object to set a number of common Content classes. Listing 5 shows how to return a binary image using the ByteArrayContent class from a Controller method. [HttpGet] public HttpResponseMessage AlbumArt(string title) { var album = AlbumData.Current.FirstOrDefault(abl => abl.AlbumName.StartsWith(title)); if (album == null) { var resp = Request.CreateResponse<ApiMessageError>( HttpStatusCode.NotFound, new ApiMessageError("Album not found")); return resp; } // kinda silly - we would normally serve this directly // but hey - it's a demo. var http = new WebClient(); var imageData = http.DownloadData(album.AlbumImageUrl); // create response and return var result = new HttpResponseMessage(HttpStatusCode.OK); result.Content = new ByteArrayContent(imageData); result.Content.Headers.ContentType = new MediaTypeHeaderValue("image/jpeg"); return result; } The image retrieval from Amazon is contrived, but it shows how to return binary data using ByteArrayContent. It also demonstrates that you can easily return multiple types of content from a single controller method, which is actually quite common. If an error occurs - such as a resource can’t be found or a validation error – you can return an error response to the client that’s very specific to the error. In GetAlbumArt(), if the album can’t be found, we want to return a 404 Not Found status (and realistically no error, as it’s an image). Note that if you are not using HTTP Verb-based routing or not accessing a method that starts with Get/Post etc., you have to specify one or more HTTP Verb attributes on the method explicitly. Here, I used the [HttpGet] attribute to serve the image. Another option to handle the error could be to return a fixed placeholder image if no album could be matched or the album doesn’t have an image. When returning an error code, you can also return a strongly typed response to the client. For example, you can set the 404 status code and also return a custom error object (ApiMessageError is a class I defined) like this:return Request.CreateResponse<ApiMessageError>( HttpStatusCode.NotFound, new ApiMessageError("Album not found") );   If the album can be found, the image will be returned. The image is downloaded into a byte[] array, and then assigned to the result’s Content property. I created a new ByteArrayContent instance and assigned the image’s bytes and the content type so that it displays properly in the browser. There are other content classes available: StringContent, StreamContent, ByteArrayContent, MultipartContent, and ObjectContent are at your disposal to return just about any kind of content. You can create your own Content classes if you frequently return custom types and handle the default formatter assignments that should be used to send the data out . Although HttpResponseMessage results require more code than returning a plain .NET value from a method, it allows much more control over the actual HTTP processing than automatic processing. It also makes it much easier to test your controller methods as you get a response object that you can check for specific status codes and output messages rather than just a result value. Routing Again Ok, let’s get back to the image example. Using the original routing we have setup using HTTP Verb routing there's no good way to serve the image. In order to return my album art image I’d like to use a URL like this: http://localhost/aspnetWebApi/albums/Dirty%20Deeds/image In order to create a URL like this, I have to create a new Controller because my earlier routes pointed to the AlbumApiController using HTTP Verb routing. HTTP Verb based routing is great for representing a single set of resources such as albums. You can map operations like add, delete, update and read easily using HTTP Verbs. But you cannot mix action based routing into a an HTTP Verb routing controller - you can only map HTTP Verbs and each method has to be unique based on parameter signature. You can't have multiple GET operations to methods with the same signature. So GetImage(string id) and GetAlbum(string title) are in conflict in an HTTP GET routing scenario. In fact, I was unable to make the above Image URL work with any combination of HTTP Verb plus Custom routing using the single Albums controller. There are number of ways around this, but all involve additional controllers.  Personally, I think it’s easier to use explicit Action routing and then add custom routes if you need to simplify your URLs further. So in order to accommodate some of the other examples, I created another controller – AlbumRpcApiController – to handle all requests that are explicitly routed via actions (/albums/rpc/AlbumArt) or are custom routed with explicit routes defined in the HttpConfiguration. I added the AlbumArt() method to this new AlbumRpcApiController class. For the image URL to work with the new AlbumRpcApiController, you need a custom route placed before the default route from Listing 1.RouteTable.Routes.MapHttpRoute( name: "AlbumRpcApiAction", routeTemplate: "albums/rpc/{action}/{title}", defaults: new { title = RouteParameter.Optional, controller = "AlbumRpcApi", action = "GetAblums" } ); Now I can use either of the following URLs to access the image: Custom route: (/albums/rpc/{title}/image)http://localhost/aspnetWebApi/albums/PowerAge/image Action route: (/albums/rpc/action/{title})http://localhost/aspnetWebAPI/albums/rpc/albumart/PowerAge Sending Data to the Server To send data to the server and add a new album, you can use an HTTP POST operation. Since I’m using HTTP Verb-based routing in the original AlbumApiController, I can implement a method called PostAlbum()to accept a new album from the client. Listing 6 shows the Web API code to add a new album.public HttpResponseMessage PostAlbum(Album album) { if (!this.ModelState.IsValid) { // my custom error class var error = new ApiMessageError() { message = "Model is invalid" }; // add errors into our client error model for client foreach (var prop in ModelState.Values) { var modelError = prop.Errors.FirstOrDefault(); if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(modelError.ErrorMessage)) error.errors.Add(modelError.ErrorMessage); else error.errors.Add(modelError.Exception.Message); } return Request.CreateResponse<ApiMessageError>(HttpStatusCode.Conflict, error); } // update song id which isn't provided foreach (var song in album.Songs) song.AlbumId = album.Id; // see if album exists already var matchedAlbum = AlbumData.Current .SingleOrDefault(alb => alb.Id == album.Id || alb.AlbumName == album.AlbumName); if (matchedAlbum == null) AlbumData.Current.Add(album); else matchedAlbum = album; // return a string to show that the value got here var resp = Request.CreateResponse(HttpStatusCode.OK, string.Empty); resp.Content = new StringContent(album.AlbumName + " " + album.Entered.ToString(), Encoding.UTF8, "text/plain"); return resp; } The PostAlbum() method receives an album parameter, which is automatically deserialized from the POST buffer the client sent. The data passed from the client can be either XML or JSON. Web API automatically figures out what format it needs to deserialize based on the content type and binds the content to the album object. Web API uses model binding to bind the request content to the parameter(s) of controller methods. Like MVC you can check the model by looking at ModelState.IsValid. If it’s not valid, you can run through the ModelState.Values collection and check each binding for errors. Here I collect the error messages into a string array that gets passed back to the client via the result ApiErrorMessage object. When a binding error occurs, you’ll want to return an HTTP error response and it’s best to do that with an HttpResponseMessage result. In Listing 6, I used a custom error class that holds a message and an array of detailed error messages for each binding error. I used this object as the content to return to the client along with my Conflict HTTP Status Code response. If binding succeeds, the example returns a string with the name and date entered to demonstrate that you captured the data. Normally, a method like this should return a Boolean or no response at all (HttpStatusCode.NoConent). The sample uses a simple static list to hold albums, so once you’ve added the album using the Post operation, you can hit the /albums/ URL to see that the new album was added. The client jQuery code to call the POST operation from the client with jQuery is shown in Listing 7. var id = new Date().getTime().toString(); var album = { "Id": id, "AlbumName": "Power Age", "Artist": "AC/DC", "YearReleased": 1977, "Entered": "2002-03-11T18:24:43.5580794-10:00", "AlbumImageUrl": http://ecx.images-amazon.com/images/…, "AmazonUrl": http://www.amazon.com/…, "Songs": [ { "SongName": "Rock 'n Roll Damnation", "SongLength": 3.12}, { "SongName": "Downpayment Blues", "SongLength": 4.22 }, { "SongName": "Riff Raff", "SongLength": 2.42 } ] } $.ajax( { url: "albums/", type: "POST", contentType: "application/json", data: JSON.stringify(album), processData: false, beforeSend: function (xhr) { // not required since JSON is default output xhr.setRequestHeader("Accept", "application/json"); }, success: function (result) { // reload list of albums page.loadAlbums(); }, error: function (xhr, status, p3, p4) { var err = "Error"; if (xhr.responseText && xhr.responseText[0] == "{") err = JSON.parse(xhr.responseText).message; alert(err); } }); The code in Listing 7 creates an album object in JavaScript to match the structure of the .NET Album class. This object is passed to the $.ajax() function to send to the server as POST. The data is turned into JSON and the content type set to application/json so that the server knows what to convert when deserializing in the Album instance. The jQuery code hooks up success and failure events. Success returns the result data, which is a string that’s echoed back with an alert box. If an error occurs, jQuery returns the XHR instance and status code. You can check the XHR to see if a JSON object is embedded and if it is, you can extract it by de-serializing it and accessing the .message property. REST standards suggest that updates to existing resources should use PUT operations. REST standards aside, I’m not a big fan of separating out inserts and updates so I tend to have a single method that handles both. But if you want to follow REST suggestions, you can create a PUT method that handles updates by forwarding the PUT operation to the POST method:public HttpResponseMessage PutAlbum(Album album) { return PostAlbum(album); } To make the corresponding $.ajax() call, all you have to change from Listing 7 is the type: from POST to PUT. Model Binding with UrlEncoded POST Variables In the example in Listing 7 I used JSON objects to post a serialized object to a server method that accepted an strongly typed object with the same structure, which is a common way to send data to the server. However, Web API supports a number of different ways that data can be received by server methods. For example, another common way is to use plain UrlEncoded POST  values to send to the server. Web API supports Model Binding that works similar (but not the same) as MVC's model binding where POST variables are mapped to properties of object parameters of the target method. This is actually quite common for AJAX calls that want to avoid serialization and the potential requirement of a JSON parser on older browsers. For example, using jQUery you might use the $.post() method to send a new album to the server (albeit one without songs) using code like the following:$.post("albums/",{AlbumName: "Dirty Deeds", YearReleased: 1976 … },albumPostCallback); Although the code looks very similar to the client code we used before passing JSON, here the data passed is URL encoded values (AlbumName=Dirty+Deeds&YearReleased=1976 etc.). Web API then takes this POST data and maps each of the POST values to the properties of the Album object in the method's parameter. Although the client code is different the server can both handle the JSON object, or the UrlEncoded POST values. Dynamic Access to POST Data There are also a few options available to dynamically access POST data, if you know what type of data you're dealing with. If you have POST UrlEncoded values, you can dynamically using a FormsDataCollection:[HttpPost] public string PostAlbum(FormDataCollection form) { return string.Format("{0} - released {1}", form.Get("AlbumName"),form.Get("RearReleased")); } The FormDataCollection is a very simple object, that essentially provides the same functionality as Request.Form[] in ASP.NET. Request.Form[] still works if you're running hosted in an ASP.NET application. However as a general rule, while ASP.NET's functionality is always available when running Web API hosted inside of an  ASP.NET application, using the built in classes specific to Web API makes it possible to run Web API applications in a self hosted environment outside of ASP.NET. If your client is sending JSON to your server, and you don't want to map the JSON to a strongly typed object because you only want to retrieve a few simple values, you can also accept a JObject parameter in your API methods:[HttpPost] public string PostAlbum(JObject jsonData) { dynamic json = jsonData; JObject jalbum = json.Album; JObject juser = json.User; string token = json.UserToken; var album = jalbum.ToObject<Album>(); var user = juser.ToObject<User>(); return String.Format("{0} {1} {2}", album.AlbumName, user.Name, token); } There quite a few options available to you to receive data with Web API, which gives you more choices for the right tool for the job. Unfortunately one shortcoming of Web API is that POST data is always mapped to a single parameter. This means you can't pass multiple POST parameters to methods that receive POST data. It's possible to accept multiple parameters, but only one can map to the POST content - the others have to come from the query string or route values. I have a couple of Blog POSTs that explain what works and what doesn't here: Passing multiple POST parameters to Web API Controller Methods Mapping UrlEncoded POST Values in ASP.NET Web API   Handling Delete Operations Finally, to round out the server API code of the album example we've been discussin, here’s the DELETE verb controller method that allows removal of an album by its title:public HttpResponseMessage DeleteAlbum(string title) { var matchedAlbum = AlbumData.Current.Where(alb => alb.AlbumName == title) .SingleOrDefault(); if (matchedAlbum == null) return new HttpResponseMessage(HttpStatusCode.NotFound); AlbumData.Current.Remove(matchedAlbum); return new HttpResponseMessage(HttpStatusCode.NoContent); } To call this action method using jQuery, you can use:$(".removeimage").live("click", function () { var $el = $(this).parent(".album"); var txt = $el.find("a").text(); $.ajax({ url: "albums/" + encodeURIComponent(txt), type: "Delete", success: function (result) { $el.fadeOut().remove(); }, error: jqError }); }   Note the use of the DELETE verb in the $.ajax() call, which routes to DeleteAlbum on the server. DELETE is a non-content operation, so you supply a resource ID (the title) via route value or the querystring. Routing Conflicts In all requests with the exception of the AlbumArt image example shown so far, I used HTTP Verb routing that I set up in Listing 1. HTTP Verb Routing is a recommendation that is in line with typical REST access to HTTP resources. However, it takes quite a bit of effort to create REST-compliant API implementations based only on HTTP Verb routing only. You saw one example that didn’t really fit – the return of an image where I created a custom route albums/{title}/image that required creation of a second controller and a custom route to work. HTTP Verb routing to a controller does not mix with custom or action routing to the same controller because of the limited mapping of HTTP verbs imposed by HTTP Verb routing. To understand some of the problems with verb routing, let’s look at another example. Let’s say you create a GetSortableAlbums() method like this and add it to the original AlbumApiController accessed via HTTP Verb routing:[HttpGet] public IQueryable<Album> SortableAlbums() { var albums = AlbumData.Current; // generally should be done only on actual queryable results (EF etc.) // Done here because we're running with a static list but otherwise might be slow return albums.AsQueryable(); } If you compile this code and try to now access the /albums/ link, you get an error: Multiple Actions were found that match the request. HTTP Verb routing only allows access to one GET operation per parameter/route value match. If more than one method exists with the same parameter signature, it doesn’t work. As I mentioned earlier for the image display, the only solution to get this method to work is to throw it into another controller. Because I already set up the AlbumRpcApiController I can add the method there. First, I should rename the method to SortableAlbums() so I’m not using a Get prefix for the method. This also makes the action parameter look cleaner in the URL - it looks less like a method and more like a noun. I can then create a new route that handles direct-action mapping:RouteTable.Routes.MapHttpRoute( name: "AlbumRpcApiAction", routeTemplate: "albums/rpc/{action}/{title}", defaults: new { title = RouteParameter.Optional, controller = "AlbumRpcApi", action = "GetAblums" } ); As I am explicitly adding a route segment – rpc – into the route template, I can now reference explicit methods in the Web API controller using URLs like this: http://localhost/AspNetWebApi/rpc/SortableAlbums Error Handling I’ve already done some minimal error handling in the examples. For example in Listing 6, I detected some known-error scenarios like model validation failing or a resource not being found and returning an appropriate HttpResponseMessage result. But what happens if your code just blows up or causes an exception? If you have a controller method, like this:[HttpGet] public void ThrowException() { throw new UnauthorizedAccessException("Unauthorized Access Sucka"); } You can call it with this: http://localhost/AspNetWebApi/albums/rpc/ThrowException The default exception handling displays a 500-status response with the serialized exception on the local computer only. When you connect from a remote computer, Web API throws back a 500  HTTP Error with no data returned (IIS then adds its HTML error page). The behavior is configurable in the GlobalConfiguration:GlobalConfiguration .Configuration .IncludeErrorDetailPolicy = IncludeErrorDetailPolicy.Never; If you want more control over your error responses sent from code, you can throw explicit error responses yourself using HttpResponseException. When you throw an HttpResponseException the response parameter is used to generate the output for the Controller action. [HttpGet] public void ThrowError() { var resp = Request.CreateResponse<ApiMessageError>( HttpStatusCode.BadRequest, new ApiMessageError("Your code stinks!")); throw new HttpResponseException(resp); } Throwing an HttpResponseException stops the processing of the controller method and immediately returns the response you passed to the exception. Unlike other Exceptions fired inside of WebAPI, HttpResponseException bypasses the Exception Filters installed and instead just outputs the response you provide. In this case, the serialized ApiMessageError result string is returned in the default serialization format – XML or JSON. You can pass any content to HttpResponseMessage, which includes creating your own exception objects and consistently returning error messages to the client. Here’s a small helper method on the controller that you might use to send exception info back to the client consistently:private void ThrowSafeException(string message, HttpStatusCode statusCode = HttpStatusCode.BadRequest) { var errResponse = Request.CreateResponse<ApiMessageError>(statusCode, new ApiMessageError() { message = message }); throw new HttpResponseException(errResponse); } You can then use it to output any captured errors from code:[HttpGet] public void ThrowErrorSafe() { try { List<string> list = null; list.Add("Rick"); } catch (Exception ex) { ThrowSafeException(ex.Message); } }   Exception Filters Another more global solution is to create an Exception Filter. Filters in Web API provide the ability to pre- and post-process controller method operations. An exception filter looks at all exceptions fired and then optionally creates an HttpResponseMessage result. Listing 8 shows an example of a basic Exception filter implementation.public class UnhandledExceptionFilter : ExceptionFilterAttribute { public override void OnException(HttpActionExecutedContext context) { HttpStatusCode status = HttpStatusCode.InternalServerError; var exType = context.Exception.GetType(); if (exType == typeof(UnauthorizedAccessException)) status = HttpStatusCode.Unauthorized; else if (exType == typeof(ArgumentException)) status = HttpStatusCode.NotFound; var apiError = new ApiMessageError() { message = context.Exception.Message }; // create a new response and attach our ApiError object // which now gets returned on ANY exception result var errorResponse = context.Request.CreateResponse<ApiMessageError>(status, apiError); context.Response = errorResponse; base.OnException(context); } } Exception Filter Attributes can be assigned to an ApiController class like this:[UnhandledExceptionFilter] public class AlbumRpcApiController : ApiController or you can globally assign it to all controllers by adding it to the HTTP Configuration's Filters collection:GlobalConfiguration.Configuration.Filters.Add(new UnhandledExceptionFilter()); The latter is a great way to get global error trapping so that all errors (short of hard IIS errors and explicit HttpResponseException errors) return a valid error response that includes error information in the form of a known-error object. Using a filter like this allows you to throw an exception as you normally would and have your filter create a response in the appropriate output format that the client expects. For example, an AJAX application can on failure expect to see a JSON error result that corresponds to the real error that occurred rather than a 500 error along with HTML error page that IIS throws up. You can even create some custom exceptions so you can differentiate your own exceptions from unhandled system exceptions - you often don't want to display error information from 'unknown' exceptions as they may contain sensitive system information or info that's not generally useful to users of your application/site. This is just one example of how ASP.NET Web API is configurable and extensible. Exception filters are just one example of how you can plug-in into the Web API request flow to modify output. Many more hooks exist and I’ll take a closer look at extensibility in Part 2 of this article in the future. Summary Web API is a big improvement over previous Microsoft REST and AJAX toolkits. The key features to its usefulness are its ease of use with simple controller based logic, familiar MVC-style routing, low configuration impact, extensibility at all levels and tight attention to exposing and making HTTP semantics easily discoverable and easy to use. Although none of the concepts used in Web API are new or radical, Web API combines the best of previous platforms into a single framework that’s highly functional, easy to work with, and extensible to boot. I think that Microsoft has hit a home run with Web API. Related Resources Where does ASP.NET Web API fit? Sample Source Code on GitHub Passing multiple POST parameters to Web API Controller Methods Mapping UrlEncoded POST Values in ASP.NET Web API Creating a JSONP Formatter for ASP.NET Web API Removing the XML Formatter from ASP.NET Web API Applications© Rick Strahl, West Wind Technologies, 2005-2012Posted in Web Api   Tweet !function(d,s,id){var js,fjs=d.getElementsByTagName(s)[0];if(!d.getElementById(id)){js=d.createElement(s);js.id=id;js.src="//platform.twitter.com/widgets.js";fjs.parentNode.insertBefore(js,fjs);}}(document,"script","twitter-wjs"); (function() { var po = document.createElement('script'); po.type = 'text/javascript'; po.async = true; po.src = 'https://apis.google.com/js/plusone.js'; var s = document.getElementsByTagName('script')[0]; s.parentNode.insertBefore(po, s); })();

    Read the article

  • 26 Days: Countdown to Oracle OpenWorld 2012

    - by Michael Snow
    Welcome to our countdown to Oracle OpenWorld! Oracle OpenWorld 2012 is just around the corner. In less than 26 days, San Francisco will be invaded by an expected 50,000 people from all over the world. Here on the Oracle WebCenter team, we’ve all been working to help make the experience a great one for all our WebCenter customers. For a sneak peak  – we’ll be spending this week giving you a teaser of what to look forward to if you are joining us in San Francisco from September 30th through October 4th. We have Oracle WebCenter sessions covering all topics imaginable. Take a look and use the tools we provide to build out your schedule in advance and reserve your seats in your favorite sessions.  That gives you plenty of time to plan for your week with us in San Francisco. If unfortunately, your boss denied your request to attend - there are still some ways that you can join in the experience virtually On-Demand. This year - we are expanding even more up North of Market Street and will be taking over Union Square as well. Check out this map of San Francisco to get a sense of how much of a footprint Oracle OpenWorld has grown to this year. With so much to see and so many sessions to learn from - its no wonder that people get excited. Add to that a good mix of fun and all of the possible WebCenter sessions you could attend - you won't want to sleep at all to take full advantage of such an opportunity. We'll also have our annual WebCenter Customer Appreciation reception - stay tuned this week for some more info on registration to make sure you'll be able to join us. If you've been following the America's Cup at all and believe in EXTREME PERFORMANCE you'll definitely want to take a look at this video from last year's OpenWorld Keynote. 12.00 Normal 0 false false false EN-US X-NONE X-NONE MicrosoftInternetExplorer4 /* Style Definitions */ table.MsoNormalTable {mso-style-name:"Table Normal"; mso-tstyle-rowband-size:0; mso-tstyle-colband-size:0; mso-style-noshow:yes; mso-style-priority:99; mso-style-qformat:yes; mso-style-parent:""; mso-padding-alt:0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt; mso-para-margin:0in; mso-para-margin-bottom:.0001pt; mso-pagination:widow-orphan; font-family:"Calibri","sans-serif"; mso-ascii- mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman"; mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-fareast; mso-hansi- mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family:"Times New Roman"; mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-bidi;} Important OpenWorld Links:  Attendee / Presenters Toolkit Oracle Schedule Builder WebCenter Sessions (listed in the catalog under Fusion Middleware as "Portals, Sites, Content, and Collaboration" ) Oracle Music Festival - AMAZING Line up!!  Oracle Customer Appreciation Night -LOOK HERE!! Oracle OpenWorld LIVE On-Demand Here are all the WebCenter sessions broken down by day for your viewing pleasure. Monday, October 1st CON8885 - Simplify CRM Engagement with Contextual Collaboration Are your sales teams disconnected and disengaged? Do you want a tool for easily connecting expertise across your organization and providing visibility into the complete sales process? Do you want a way to enhance and retain organization knowledge? Oracle Social Network is the answer. Attend this session to learn how to make CRM easy, effective, and efficient for use across virtual sales teams. Also learn how Oracle Social Network can drive sales force collaboration with natural conversations throughout the sales cycle, promote sales team productivity through purposeful social networking without the noise, and build cross-team knowledge by integrating conversations with CRM and other business applications. CON8268 - Oracle WebCenter Strategy: Engaging Your Customers. Empowering Your Business Oracle WebCenter is a user engagement platform for social business, connecting people and information. Attend this session to learn about the Oracle WebCenter strategy, and understand where Oracle is taking the platform to help companies engage customers, empower employees, and enable partners. Business success starts with ensuring that everyone is engaged with the right people and the right information and can access what they need through the channel of their choice—Web, mobile, or social. Are you giving customers, employees, and partners the best-possible experience? Come learn how you can! ¶ HOL10208 - Add Social Capabilities to Your Enterprise Applications Oracle Social Network enables you to add real-time collaboration capabilities into your enterprise applications, so that conversations can happen directly within your business systems. In this hands-on lab, you will try out the Oracle Social Network product to collaborate with other attendees, using real-time conversations with document sharing capabilities. Next you will embed social capabilities into a sample Web-based enterprise application, using embedded UI components. Experts will also write simple REST-based integrations, using the Oracle Social Network API to programmatically create social interactions. ¶ CON8893 - Improve Employee Productivity with Intuitive and Social Work Environments Social technologies have already transformed the ways customers, employees, partners, and suppliers communicate and stay informed. Forward-thinking organizations today need technologies and infrastructures to help them advance to the next level and integrate social activities with business applications to deliver a user experience that simplifies business processes and enterprise application engagement. Attend this session to hear from an innovative Oracle Social Network customer and learn how you can improve productivity with intuitive and social work environments and empower your employees with innovative social tools to enable contextual access to content and dynamic personalization of solutions. ¶ CON8270 - Oracle WebCenter Content Strategy and Vision Oracle WebCenter provides a strategic content infrastructure for managing documents, images, e-mails, and rich media files. With a single repository, organizations can address any content use case, such as accounts payable, HR onboarding, document management, compliance, records management, digital asset management, or Website management. In this session, learn about future plans for how Oracle WebCenter will address new use cases as well as new integrations with Oracle Fusion Middleware and Oracle Applications, leveraging your investments by making your users more productive and error-free. ¶ CON8269 - Oracle WebCenter Sites Strategy and Vision Oracle’s Web experience management solution, Oracle WebCenter Sites, enables organizations to use the online channel to drive customer acquisition and brand loyalty. It helps marketers and business users easily create and manage contextually relevant, social, interactive online experiences across multiple channels on a global scale. In this session, learn about future plans for how Oracle WebCenter Sites will provide you with the tools, capabilities, and integrations you need in order to continue to address your customers’ evolving requirements for engaging online experiences and keep moving your business forward. ¶ CON8896 - Living with SharePoint SharePoint is a popular platform, but it’s not always the best fit for Oracle customers. In this session, you’ll discover the technical and nontechnical limitations and pitfalls of SharePoint and learn about Oracle alternatives for collaboration, portals, enterprise and Web content management, social computing, and application integration. The presentation shows you how to integrate with SharePoint when business or IT requirements dictate and covers cloud-based (Office 365) and on-premises versions of SharePoint. Presented by a former Microsoft director of SharePoint product management and backed by independent customer research, this session will prepare you to answer the question “Why don’t we just use SharePoint for that?’ the next time it comes up in your organization. ¶ CON7843 - Content-Enabling Enterprise Processes with Oracle WebCenter Organizations today continually strive to automate business processes, reduce costs, and improve efficiency. Many business processes are content-intensive and unstructured, requiring ad hoc collaboration, and distributed in nature, requiring many approvals and generating huge volumes of paper. In this session, learn how Oracle and SYSTIME have partnered to help a customer content-enable its enterprise with Oracle WebCenter Content and Oracle WebCenter Imaging 11g and integrate them with Oracle Applications. ¶ CON6114 - Tape Robotics’ Newest Superhero: Now Fueled by Oracle Software For small, midsize, and rapidly growing businesses that want the most energy-efficient, scalable storage infrastructure to meet their rapidly growing data demands, Oracle’s most recent addition to its award-winning tape portfolio leverages several pieces of Oracle software. With Oracle Linux, Oracle WebLogic, and Oracle Fusion Middleware tools, the library achieves a higher level of usability than previous products while offering customers a familiar interface for management, plus ease of use. This session examines the competitive advantages of the tape library and how Oracle software raises customer satisfaction. Learn how the combination of Oracle engineered systems, Oracle Secure Backup, and Oracle’s StorageTek tape libraries provide end-to-end coverage of your data. ¶ CON9437 - Mobile Access Management With more than five billion mobile devices on the planet and an increasing number of users using their own devices to access corporate data and applications, securely extending identity management to mobile devices has become a hot topic. This session focuses on how to extend your existing identity management infrastructure and policies to securely and seamlessly enable mobile user access. CON7815 - Customer Experience Online in Cloud: Oracle WebCenter Sites, Oracle ATG Apps, Oracle Exalogic Oracle WebCenter Sites and Oracle’s ATG product line together can provide a compelling marketing and e-commerce experience. When you couple them with the extreme performance of Oracle Exalogic, you’ll see unmatched scalability that provides you with a true cloud-based solution. In this session, you’ll learn how running Oracle WebCenter Sites and ATG applications on Oracle Exalogic delivers both a private and a public cloud experience. Find out what it takes to get these systems working together and delivering engaging Web experiences. Even if you aren’t considering Oracle Exalogic today, the rich Web experience of Oracle WebCenter, paired with the depth of the ATG product line, can provide your business full support, from merchandising through sale completion. ¶ CON8271 - Oracle WebCenter Portal Strategy and Vision To innovate and keep a competitive edge, organizations need to leverage the power of agile and responsive Web applications. Oracle WebCenter Portal enables you to do just that, by delivering intuitive user experiences for enterprise applications to drive innovation with composite applications and mashups. Attend this session to learn firsthand from customers how Oracle WebCenter Portal extends the value of existing enterprise applications, business processes, and content; delivers a superior business user experience; and maximizes limited IT resources. ¶ CON8880 - The Connected Customer Experience Begins with the Online Channel There’s a lot of talk these days about how to connect the customer journey across various touchpoints—from Websites and e-commerce to call centers and in-store—to provide experiences that are more relevant and engaging and ultimately gain competitive edge. Doing it all at once isn’t a realistic objective, so where do you start? Come to this session, and hear about three steps you can take that can help you begin your journey toward delivering the connected customer experience. You’ll hear how Oracle now has an integrated digital marketing platform for your corporate Website, your e-commerce site, your self-service portal, and your marketing and loyalty campaigns, and you’ll learn what you can do today to begin executing on your customer experience initiatives. ¶ GEN11451 - General Session: Building Mobile Applications with Oracle Cloud With the prevalence of smart mobile devices, companies are facing an increased demand to provide access to data and applications from new channels. However, developing applications for mobile devices poses some unique challenges. Come to this session to learn how Oracle addresses these challenges, offering a simpler way to develop and deploy cross-device mobile applications. See how Oracle Cloud enables you to access applications, data, and services from mobile channels in an easier way.  CON8272 - Oracle Social Network Strategy and Vision One key way of increasing employee productivity is by bringing people, processes, and information together—providing new social capabilities to enable business users to quickly correspond and collaborate on business activities. Oracle WebCenter provides a user engagement platform with social and collaborative technologies to empower business users to focus on their key business processes, applications, and content in the context of their role and process. Attend this session to hear how the latest social capabilities in Oracle Social Network are enabling organizations to transform themselves into social businesses.  --- Tuesday, October 2nd HOL10194 - Enterprise Content Management Simplified: Oracle WebCenter Content’s Next-Generation UI Regardless of the nature of your business, unstructured content underpins many of its daily functions. Whether you are working with traditional presentations, spreadsheets, or text documents—or even with digital assets such as images and multimedia files—your content needs to be accessible and manageable in convenient and intuitive ways to make working with the content easier. Additionally, you need the ability to easily share documents with coworkers to facilitate a collaborative working environment. Come to this session to see how Oracle WebCenter Content’s next-generation user interface helps modern knowledge workers easily manage personal and enterprise documents in a collaborative environment.¶ CON8877 - Develop a Mobile Strategy with Oracle WebCenter: Engage Customers, Employees, and Partners Mobile technology has gone from nice-to-have to a cornerstone of user engagement. Mobile access enables users to have information available at their fingertips, enabling them to take action the moment they make a decision, interact in the moment of convenience, and take advantage of new service offerings in their preferred channels. All your employees have your mobile applications in their pocket; now what are you going to do? It is a critical step for companies to think through what their employees, customers, and partners really need on their devices. Attend this session to see how Oracle WebCenter enables you to better engage your customers, employees, and partners by providing a unified experience across multiple channels. ¶ CON9447 - Enabling Access for Hundreds of Millions of Users How do you grow your business by identifying, authenticating, authorizing, and federating users on the Web, leveraging social identity and the open source OAuth protocol? How do you scale your access management solution to support hundreds of millions of users? With social identity support out of the box, Oracle’s access management solution is also benchmarked for 250-million-user deployment according to real-world customer scenarios. In this session, you will learn about the social identity capability and the 250-million-user benchmark testing of Oracle Access Manager and Oracle Adaptive Access Manager running on Oracle Exalogic and Oracle Exadata. ¶ HOL10207 - Build an Intranet Portal with Oracle WebCenter In this hands-on lab, you’ll work with Oracle WebCenter Portal and Oracle WebCenter Content to build out an enterprise portal that maximizes the productivity of teams and individual contributors. Using browser-based tools, you’ll manage site resources such as page styles, templates, and navigation. You’ll edit content stored in Oracle WebCenter Content directly from your portal. You’ll also experience the latest features that promote collaboration, social networking, and personal productivity. ¶ CON2906 - Get Proactive: Best Practices for Maintaining Oracle Fusion Middleware You chose Oracle Fusion Middleware products to help your organization deliver superior business results. Now learn how to take full advantage of your software with all the great tools, resources, and product updates you’re entitled to through Oracle Support. In this session, Oracle product experts provide proven best practices to help you work more efficiently, plan and prepare for upgrades and patching more effectively, and manage risk. Topics include configuration management tools, remote diagnostics, My Oracle Support Community, and My Oracle Support Lifecycle Advisors. New users and Oracle Fusion Middleware experts alike are guaranteed to leave with fresh ideas and practical, easy-to-implement next steps. ¶ CON8878 - Oracle WebCenter’s Cloud Strategy: From Social and Platform Services to Mashups Cloud computing represents a paradigm shift in how we build applications, automate processes, collaborate, and share and in how we secure our enterprise. Additionally, as you adopt cloud-based services in your organization, it’s likely that you will still have many critical on-premises applications running. With these mixed environments, multiple user interfaces, different security, and multiple datasources and content sources, how do you start evolving your strategy to account for these challenges? Oracle WebCenter offers a complete array of technologies enabling you to solve these challenges and prepare you for the cloud. Attend this session to learn how you can use Oracle WebCenter in the cloud as well as create on-premises and cloud application mash-ups. ¶ CON8901 - Optimize Enterprise Business Processes with Oracle WebCenter and Oracle BPM Do you have business processes that span multiple applications? Are you grappling with how to have visibility across these business processes; how to manage content that is associated with these processes; and, most importantly, how to model and optimize these business processes? Attend this session to hear how Oracle WebCenter and Oracle Business Process Management provide a unique set of integrated solutions to provide a composite application dashboard across these business processes and offer a solution for content-centric business processes. ¶ CON8883 - Deliver Engaging Interfaces to Oracle Applications with Oracle WebCenter Critical business processes live within enterprise applications, and application users need to manage and execute these processes as effectively as possible. Oracle provides a comprehensive user engagement platform to increase user productivity and optimize overall processes within Oracle Applications—Oracle E-Business Suite and Oracle’s Siebel, PeopleSoft, and JD Edwards product families—and third-party applications. Attend this session to learn how you can integrate these applications with Oracle WebCenter to deliver composite application dashboards to your end users—whether they are your customers, partners, or employees—for enhanced usability and Web 2.0–enabled enterprise portals.¶ Wednesday, October 3rd CON8895 - Future-Ready Intranets: How Aramark Re-engineered the Application Landscape There are essential techniques and technologies you can use to deliver employee portals that garner higher productivity, improve business efficiency, and increase user engagement. Attend this session to learn how you can leverage Oracle WebCenter Portal as a user engagement platform for bringing together business process management, enterprise content management, and business intelligence into a highly relevant and integrated experience. Hear how Aramark has leveraged Oracle WebCenter Portal and Oracle WebCenter Content to deliver a unified workspace providing simpler navigation and processing, consolidation of tools, easy access to information, integrated search, and single sign-on. ¶ CON8886 - Content Consolidation: Save Money, Increase Efficiency, and Eliminate Silos Organizations are looking for ways to save money and be more efficient. With content in many different places, it’s difficult to know where to look for a document and whether the document is the most current version. With Oracle WebCenter, content can be consolidated into one best-of-breed repository that is secure, scalable, and integrated with your business processes and applications. Users can find the content they need, where they need it, and ensure that it is the right content. This session covers content challenges that affect your business; content consolidation that can lead to savings in storage and administration costs and can lower risks; and how companies are realizing savings. ¶ CON8911 - Improve Online Experiences for Customers and Partners with Self-Service Portals Are you able to provide your customers and partners an easy-to-use online self-service experience? Are you processing high-volume transactions and struggling with call center bottlenecks or back-end systems that won’t integrate, causing order delays and customer frustration? Are you looking to target content such as product and service offerings to your end users? This session shares approaches to providing targeted delivery as well as strategies and best practices for transforming your business by providing an intuitive user experience for your customers and partners. ¶ CON6156 - Top 10 Ways to Integrate Oracle WebCenter Content This session covers 10 common ways to integrate Oracle WebCenter Content with other enterprise applications and middleware. It discusses out-of-the-box modules that provide expanded features in Oracle WebCenter Content—such as enterprise search, SOA, and BPEL—as well as developer tools you can use to create custom integrations. The presentation also gives guidance on which integration option may work best in your environment. ¶ HOL10207 - Build an Intranet Portal with Oracle WebCenter In this hands-on lab, you’ll work with Oracle WebCenter Portal and Oracle WebCenter Content to build out an enterprise portal that maximizes the productivity of teams and individual contributors. Using browser-based tools, you’ll manage site resources such as page styles, templates, and navigation. You’ll edit content stored in Oracle WebCenter Content directly from your portal. You’ll also experience the latest features that promote collaboration, social networking, and personal productivity. ¶ CON7817 - Migration to Oracle WebCenter Imaging 11g Customers today continually strive to automate business processes, reduce costs, and improve efficiency. The accounts payable process—which is often distributed in nature, requires many approvals, and generates huge volumes of paper invoices—is automated by many customers. In this session, learn how Oracle and SYSTIME have partnered to help a customer migrate its existing Oracle Imaging and Process Management Release 7.6 to the latest Oracle WebCenter Imaging 11g and integrate it with Oracle’s JD Edwards family of products. ¶ CON8910 - How to Engage Customers Across Web, Mobile, and Social Channels Whether on desktops at the office, on tablets at home, or on mobile phones when on the go, today’s customers are always connected. To engage today’s customers, you need to make the online customer experience connected and consistent across a host of devices and multiple channels, including Web, mobile, and social networks. Managing this multichannel environment can result in lots of headaches without the right tools. Attend this session to learn how Oracle WebCenter Sites solves the challenge of multichannel customer engagement. ¶ HOL10206 - Oracle WebCenter Sites 11g: Transforming the Content Contributor Experience Oracle WebCenter Sites 11g makes it easy for marketers and business users to contribute to and manage Websites with the new visual, contextual, and intuitive Web authoring interface. In this hands-on lab, you will create and manage content for a sports-themed Website, using many of the new and enhanced features of the 11g release. ¶ CON8900 - Building Next-Generation Portals: An Interactive Customer Panel Discussion Social and collaborative technologies have changed how people interact, learn, and collaborate, and providing a modern, social Web presence is imperative to remain competitive in today’s market. Can your business benefit from a more collaborative and interactive portal environment for employees, customers, and partners? Attend this session to hear from Oracle WebCenter Portal customers as they share their strategies and best practices for providing users with a modern experience that adapts to their needs and includes personalized access to content in context. The panel also addresses how customers have benefited from creating next-generation portals by migrating from older portal technologies to Oracle WebCenter Portal. ¶ CON9625 - Taking Control of Oracle WebCenter Security Organizations are increasingly looking to extend their Oracle WebCenter portal for social business, to serve external users and provide seamless access to the right information. In particular, many organizations are extending Oracle WebCenter in a business-to-business scenario requiring secure identification and authorization of business partners and their users. This session focuses on how customers are leveraging, securing, and providing access control to Oracle WebCenter portal and mobile solutions. You will learn best practices and hear real-world examples of how to provide flexible and granular access control for Oracle WebCenter deployments, using Oracle Platform Security Services and Oracle Access Management Suite product offerings. ¶ CON8891 - Extending Social into Enterprise Applications and Business Processes Oracle Social Network is an extensible social platform that enables contextual collaboration within enterprise applications and business processes, providing relevant data from across various enterprise systems in one place. Attend this session to see how an Oracle Social Network customer is integrating multiple applications—such as CRM, HCM, and business processes—into Oracle Social Network and Oracle WebCenter to enable individuals and teams to solve complex cross-organizational business problems more effectively by utilizing the social enterprise. ¶ Thursday, October 4th CON8899 - Becoming a Social Business: Stories from the Front Lines of Change What does it really mean to be a social business? How can you change our organization to embrace social approaches? What pitfalls do you need to avoid? In this lively panel discussion, customer and industry thought leaders in social business explore these topics and more as they share their stories of the good, the bad, and the ugly that can happen when embracing social methods and technologies to improve business success. Using moderated questions and open Q&A from the audience, the panel discusses vital topics such as the critical factors for success, the major issues to avoid, how to gain senior executive support for social efforts, how to handle undesired behavior, and how to measure business impact. It takes a thought-provoking look at becoming a social business from the inside. ¶ CON6851 - Oracle WebCenter and Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition to Create Vendor Portals Large manufacturers of grocery items routinely find themselves depending on the inventory management expertise of their wholesalers and distributors. Inventory costs can be managed more efficiently by the manufacturers if they have better insight into the inventory levels of items carried by their distributors. This creates a unique opportunity for distributors and wholesalers to leverage this knowledge into a revenue-generating subscription service. Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition and Oracle WebCenter Portal play a key part in enabling creation of business-managed business intelligence portals for vendors. This session discusses one customer that implemented this by leveraging Oracle WebCenter and Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition. ¶ CON8879 - Provide a Personalized and Consistent Customer Experience in Your Websites and Portals Your customers engage with your company online in different ways throughout their journey—from prospecting by acquiring information on your corporate Website to transacting through self-service applications on your customer portal—and then the cycle begins again when they look for new products and services. Ensuring that the customer experience is consistent and personalized across online properties—from branding and content to interactions and transactions—can be a daunting task. Oracle WebCenter enables you to speak and interact with your customers with one voice across your Websites and portals by providing an integrated platform for delivery of self-service and engagement that unifies and personalizes the online experience. Learn more in this session. ¶ CON8898 - Land Mines, Potholes, and Dirt Roads: Navigating the Way to ECM Nirvana Ten years ago, people were predicting that by this time in history, we’d be some kind of utopian paperless society. As we all know, we’re not there yet, but are we getting closer? What is keeping companies from driving down the road to enterprise content management bliss? Most people understand that using ECM as a central platform enables organizations to expedite document-centric processes, but most business processes in organizations are still heavily paper-based. Many of these processes could be automated and improved with an ECM platform infrastructure. In this panel discussion, you’ll hear from Oracle WebCenter customers that have already solved some of these challenges as they share their strategies for success and roads to avoid along your journey. ¶ CON8908 - Oracle WebCenter Portal: Creating and Using Content Presenter Templates Oracle WebCenter Portal applications use task flows to display and integrate content stored in the Oracle WebCenter Content server. Among the most flexible task flows is Content Presenter, which renders various types of content on an Oracle WebCenter Portal page. Although Oracle WebCenter Portal comes with a set of predefined Content Presenter templates, developers can create their own templates for specific rendering needs. This session shows the lifecycle of developing Content Presenter task flows, including how to create, package, import, modify at runtime, and use such templates. In addition to simple examples with Oracle Application Development Framework (Oracle ADF) UI elements to render the content, it shows how to use other UI technologies, CSS files, and JavaScript libraries. ¶ CON8897 - Using Web Experience Management to Drive Online Marketing Success Every year, the online channel becomes more imperative for driving organizational top-line revenue, but for many companies, mastering how to best market their products and services in a fast-evolving online world with high customer expectations for personalized experiences can be a complex proposition. Come to this panel discussion, and hear directly from online marketers how they are succeeding today by using Web experience management to drive marketing success, using capabilities such as targeting and optimization, user-generated content, mobile site publishing, and site visitor personalization to deliver engaging online experiences. ¶ CON8892 - Oracle’s Journey to Social Business Social business is a revolution, one that is causing rapidly accelerating change in how companies and customers engage with one another and how employees work together. Oracle’s goal in becoming a social business is to create a socially connected organization in which working collaboratively across geographical locations, lines of business, and management chains is second nature, enabling innovative solutions to business challenges. We can achieve this by connecting the right people, finding the right content, communicating with the right people, collaborating at the right time, and building the right communities in the right context—all ready in the CLOUD. Attend this session to see how Oracle is transforming itself into a social business. ¶  ------------ If you've read all the way to the end here - we are REALLY looking forward to seeing you in San Francisco.

    Read the article

  • WD MBWE II (White Strip Light) 2TB - unable to access data

    - by user210477
    I have a WD MBWE II (White Strip Light) 2TB - (WD20000H2NC-00) Was working fine until a few days ago. I guess there was a power failure and after that I am unable to access the 'Public' or the 'Download' folder anymore. I have been searching for answers everywhere but came up empty handed. Web GUI still works, SSH works. I hooked up both the drives on my PC and UFS Explorer sees the drive. But so far I am unable to retrieve any of my data. I do not remember what RAID setting I used when I first got the drive. I can see from GUI that it is set as "Stripe". The drive contains 10 years of family pictures which I really do not want to loose. Sadly and stupidly, I didn't even keep a backup of this drive. Can somebody please help or point me in the right direction. Thank you in advance for your help. Disk Utility on Ubuntu reports 1405 bad sectors on one drive. How can I retrieve my data? Please help. Logs below: ~ # mdadm --detail /dev/md[012345678] /dev/md0: Version : 0.90 Creation Time : Wed Jul 15 08:36:17 2009 Raid Level : raid1 Array Size : 1959872 (1914.26 MiB 2006.91 MB) Used Dev Size : 1959872 (1914.26 MiB 2006.91 MB) Raid Devices : 2 Total Devices : 2 Preferred Minor : 0 Persistence : Superblock is persistent Update Time : Fri Nov 1 13:53:29 2013 State : clean Active Devices : 2 Working Devices : 2 Failed Devices : 0 Spare Devices : 0 UUID : 04f7a661:98983b3b:26b29e4f:9b646adb Events : 0.266 Number Major Minor RaidDevice State 0 8 1 0 active sync /dev/sda1 1 8 17 1 active sync /dev/sdb1 /dev/md1: Version : 0.90 Creation Time : Wed Jul 15 08:36:18 2009 Raid Level : raid1 Array Size : 256896 (250.92 MiB 263.06 MB) Used Dev Size : 256896 (250.92 MiB 263.06 MB) Raid Devices : 2 Total Devices : 2 Preferred Minor : 1 Persistence : Superblock is persistent Update Time : Wed Oct 30 22:08:21 2013 State : clean Active Devices : 2 Working Devices : 2 Failed Devices : 0 Spare Devices : 0 UUID : aaa7b859:c475312d:efc5a766:6526b867 Events : 0.10 Number Major Minor RaidDevice State 0 8 2 0 active sync /dev/sda2 1 8 18 1 active sync /dev/sdb2 /dev/md2: Version : 0.90 Creation Time : Sat Sep 25 10:01:26 2010 Raid Level : raid0 Array Size : 1947045760 (1856.85 GiB 1993.77 GB) Raid Devices : 2 Total Devices : 2 Preferred Minor : 2 Persistence : Superblock is persistent Update Time : Fri Nov 1 13:30:53 2013 State : active Active Devices : 2 Working Devices : 2 Failed Devices : 0 Spare Devices : 0 Chunk Size : 64K UUID : 01dae60a:6831077b:77f74530:8680c183 Events : 0.97 Number Major Minor RaidDevice State 0 8 4 0 active sync /dev/sda4 1 8 20 1 active sync /dev/sdb4 /dev/md3: Version : 0.90 Creation Time : Wed Jul 15 08:36:18 2009 Raid Level : raid1 Array Size : 987904 (964.91 MiB 1011.61 MB) Used Dev Size : 987904 (964.91 MiB 1011.61 MB) Raid Devices : 2 Total Devices : 2 Preferred Minor : 3 Persistence : Superblock is persistent Update Time : Fri Nov 1 13:26:33 2013 State : clean Active Devices : 2 Working Devices : 2 Failed Devices : 0 Spare Devices : 0 UUID : 3f4099f2:72e6171b:5ba962fd:48464a62 Events : 0.54 Number Major Minor RaidDevice State 0 8 3 0 active sync /dev/sda3 1 8 19 1 active sync /dev/sdb3 mdadm: md device /dev/md4 does not appear to be active. mdadm: md device /dev/md5 does not appear to be active. mdadm: md device /dev/md6 does not appear to be active. mdadm: md device /dev/md7 does not appear to be active. mdadm: md device /dev/md8 does not appear to be active. ~ # cat /etc/mtab securityfs /sys/kernel/security securityfs rw 0 0 /dev/md2 /DataVolume xfs rw,usrquota 0 0 /dev/md4 /ExtendVolume xfs rw,usrquota 0 0 ~ # df -k Filesystem 1k-blocks Used Available Use% Mounted on /dev/md0 1929044 145092 1685960 8% / /dev/md3 972344 123452 799500 13% /var /dev/ram0 63412 20 63392 0% /mnt/ram ~ # mdadm -D /dev/md2 /dev/md2: Version : 0.90 Creation Time : Sat Sep 25 10:01:26 2010 Raid Level : raid0 Array Size : 1947045760 (1856.85 GiB 1993.77 GB) Raid Devices : 2 Total Devices : 2 Preferred Minor : 2 Persistence : Superblock is persistent Update Time : Fri Nov 1 13:30:53 2013 State : active Active Devices : 2 Working Devices : 2 Failed Devices : 0 Spare Devices : 0 Chunk Size : 64K UUID : 01dae60a:6831077b:77f74530:8680c183 Events : 0.97 Number Major Minor RaidDevice State 0 8 4 0 active sync /dev/sda4 1 8 20 1 active sync /dev/sdb4 ~ # mdadm -D /dev/md4 mdadm: md device /dev/md4 does not appear to be active. ~ # mount /dev/root on / type ext3 (rw,noatime,data=ordered) proc on /proc type proc (rw) sys on /sys type sysfs (rw) /dev/pts on /dev/pts type devpts (rw) securityfs on /sys/kernel/security type securityfs (rw) /dev/md3 on /var type ext3 (rw,noatime,data=ordered) /dev/ram0 on /mnt/ram type tmpfs (rw) ~ # cat /var/log/messages Oct 29 18:04:50 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3462]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is down. Oct 29 18:04:59 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3462]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is up 100 Mbps full duplex. Oct 29 18:04:59 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3462]: Network IP Address - NIC 1 use static IP address 192.168.1.102 Oct 29 18:17:45 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3462]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is down. Oct 29 18:17:53 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3462]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is up 100 Mbps full duplex. Oct 29 18:17:53 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3462]: Network IP Address - NIC 1 use static IP address 192.168.1.102 Oct 30 00:50:11 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3462]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is down. Oct 30 00:50:19 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3462]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is up 100 Mbps full duplex. Oct 30 00:50:19 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3462]: Network IP Address - NIC 1 use static IP address 192.168.1.102 Oct 30 16:29:47 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3462]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is down. Oct 30 16:30:00 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3462]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is up 100 Mbps full duplex. Oct 30 16:30:00 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3462]: Network IP Address - NIC 1 use static IP address 192.168.1.102 Oct 30 18:27:22 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3462]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is down. Oct 30 18:27:30 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3462]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is up 100 Mbps full duplex. Oct 30 18:27:30 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3462]: Network IP Address - NIC 1 use static IP address 192.168.1.102 Oct 30 19:06:03 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3462]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is down. Oct 30 19:06:10 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3462]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is up 100 Mbps full duplex. Oct 30 19:06:10 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3462]: Network IP Address - NIC 1 use static IP address 192.168.1.102 Oct 30 19:14:58 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3462]: Media Server - Media Server cannot find the path to one or more of the default folders: /Public/Shared Music, /Public/Shared Pictures or /Public/Shared Videos. Please verify that these folders have not been removed or that the names have not been changed. Oct 30 19:20:05 shmotashNAS daemon.alert wixEvent[3462]: Thermal Alarm - System temperature exceeded threshold.(66 degrees) Oct 30 19:58:29 shmotashNAS daemon.alert wixEvent[3462]: HDD SMART - HDD 1 SMART Health Status: Failed. Oct 30 22:05:39 shmotashNAS daemon.info init: Starting pid 13043, console /dev/null: '/usr/bin/killall' Oct 30 22:05:39 shmotashNAS syslog.info System log daemon exiting. Oct 30 22:08:09 shmotashNAS syslog.info syslogd started: BusyBox v1.1.1 Oct 30 22:08:09 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3557]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is down. Oct 30 22:08:19 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3557]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is up 100 Mbps full duplex. Oct 30 22:08:25 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3557]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is down. Oct 30 22:08:37 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3557]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is up 100 Mbps full duplex. Oct 30 22:08:44 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3557]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is down. Oct 30 22:08:46 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: +++++++++++++++ START OF ./miocrawler at 2013:10:30 - 22:08:46 [Version 01.09.00.96] ++++++++++++++ Oct 30 22:08:46 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: mc_db_init ... Oct 30 22:08:46 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: ****** database does not exist. ret = -1, creating path Oct 30 22:08:49 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === mc_db_init ...Done. Oct 30 22:08:50 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: mcUtilsInit() Creating free queue pool Oct 30 22:08:51 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === mcUtilsInit() Done. Oct 30 22:08:51 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === inotify init done. Oct 30 22:08:51 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: mc_trans_updater_init() ... Oct 30 22:08:52 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === mc_trans_updater_init() ...Done. Oct 30 22:08:52 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === Walking directory done. Oct 30 22:08:57 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3557]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is up 100 Mbps full duplex. Oct 30 22:08:57 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3557]: Network IP Address - NIC 1 use static IP address 192.168.1.102 Oct 30 22:08:57 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3557]: Network IP Address - NIC 1 use static IP address 192.168.1.102 Oct 30 22:08:57 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3557]: Network IP Address - NIC 1 use static IP address 192.168.1.102 Oct 30 22:09:10 shmotashNAS daemon.info init: Starting pid 4605, console /dev/null: '/bin/touch' Oct 30 22:09:10 shmotashNAS daemon.info init: Starting pid 4607, console /dev/ttyS0: '/sbin/getty' Oct 30 22:09:10 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3557]: System Startup - System startup. Oct 30 22:09:16 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3557]: Media Server - Media Server cannot find the path to one or more of the default folders: /Public/Shared Music, /Public/Shared Pictures or /Public/Shared Videos. Please verify that these folders have not been removed or that the names have not been changed. Oct 30 22:14:14 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3557]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is down. Oct 30 22:14:21 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3557]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is up 100 Mbps full duplex. Oct 30 22:14:21 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3557]: Network IP Address - NIC 1 use static IP address 192.168.1.102 Oct 30 22:29:36 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3557]: System Reboot - System will reboot. Oct 30 22:29:40 shmotashNAS daemon.info init: Starting pid 5974, console /dev/null: '/usr/bin/killall' Oct 30 22:29:40 shmotashNAS syslog.info System log daemon exiting. Oct 30 22:47:56 shmotashNAS syslog.info syslogd started: BusyBox v1.1.1 Oct 30 22:47:56 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3461]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is down. Oct 30 22:48:02 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3461]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is up 100 Mbps full duplex. Oct 30 22:48:02 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3461]: Network IP Address - NIC 1 use static IP address 192.168.1.102 Oct 30 22:48:09 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: +++++++++++++++ START OF ./miocrawler at 2013:10:30 - 22:48:09 [Version 01.09.00.96] ++++++++++++++ Oct 30 22:48:09 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: mc_db_init ... Oct 30 22:48:09 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: ++++++++ database exists: ret = 0 Oct 30 22:48:10 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === mc_db_init ...Done. Oct 30 22:48:10 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: mcUtilsInit() Creating free queue pool Oct 30 22:48:11 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === mcUtilsInit() Done. Oct 30 22:48:11 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === inotify init done. Oct 30 22:48:11 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: mc_trans_updater_init() ... Oct 30 22:48:11 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === mc_trans_updater_init() ...Done. Oct 30 22:48:11 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === Walking directory done. Oct 30 22:48:27 shmotashNAS daemon.info init: Starting pid 4079, console /dev/null: '/bin/touch' Oct 30 22:48:27 shmotashNAS daemon.info init: Starting pid 4080, console /dev/ttyS0: '/sbin/getty' Oct 30 22:48:28 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3461]: System Startup - System startup. Oct 30 22:49:01 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3461]: Media Server - Media Server cannot find the path to one or more of the default folders: /Public/Shared Music, /Public/Shared Pictures or /Public/Shared Videos. Please verify that these folders have not been removed or that the names have not been changed. Oct 30 23:51:11 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3461]: System Reboot - System will reboot. Oct 30 23:51:16 shmotashNAS daemon.info init: Starting pid 6498, console /dev/null: '/usr/bin/killall' Oct 30 23:51:16 shmotashNAS syslog.info System log daemon exiting. Oct 30 23:54:19 shmotashNAS syslog.info syslogd started: BusyBox v1.1.1 Oct 30 23:55:37 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3476]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is up 100 Mbps full duplex. Oct 30 23:55:37 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3476]: Network IP Address - NIC 1 use static IP address 192.168.1.102 Oct 30 23:55:44 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: +++++++++++++++ START OF ./miocrawler at 2013:10:30 - 23:55:44 [Version 01.09.00.96] ++++++++++++++ Oct 30 23:55:44 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: mc_db_init ... Oct 30 23:55:44 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: ++++++++ database exists: ret = 0 Oct 30 23:55:45 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === mc_db_init ...Done. Oct 30 23:55:45 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: mcUtilsInit() Creating free queue pool Oct 30 23:55:46 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === mcUtilsInit() Done. Oct 30 23:55:46 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === inotify init done. Oct 30 23:55:46 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: mc_trans_updater_init() ... Oct 30 23:55:46 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === mc_trans_updater_init() ...Done. Oct 30 23:55:46 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === Walking directory done. Oct 30 23:55:58 shmotashNAS daemon.info init: Starting pid 4115, console /dev/null: '/bin/touch' Oct 30 23:55:58 shmotashNAS daemon.info init: Starting pid 4116, console /dev/ttyS0: '/sbin/getty' Oct 30 23:55:58 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3476]: System Startup - System startup. Oct 30 23:56:33 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3476]: Media Server - Media Server cannot find the path to one or more of the default folders: /Public/Shared Music, /Public/Shared Pictures or /Public/Shared Videos. Please verify that these folders have not been removed or that the names have not been changed. Oct 31 00:29:14 shmotashNAS auth.info sshd[5409]: Server listening on 0.0.0.0 port 22. Oct 31 00:31:25 shmotashNAS auth.info sshd[5486]: Accepted password for root from 192.168.1.100 port 50785 ssh2 Oct 31 00:33:44 shmotashNAS auth.info sshd[5565]: Accepted password for root from 192.168.1.100 port 50817 ssh2 Oct 31 00:36:39 shmotashNAS daemon.info init: Starting pid 5680, console /dev/null: '/usr/bin/killall' Oct 31 00:36:39 shmotashNAS syslog.info System log daemon exiting. Oct 31 00:40:44 shmotashNAS syslog.info syslogd started: BusyBox v1.1.1 Oct 31 00:40:51 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3464]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is up 100 Mbps full duplex. Oct 31 00:40:51 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3464]: Network IP Address - NIC 1 use static IP address 192.168.1.102 Oct 31 00:41:00 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: +++++++++++++++ START OF ./miocrawler at 2013:10:31 - 00:41:00 [Version 01.09.00.96] ++++++++++++++ Oct 31 00:41:00 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: mc_db_init ... Oct 31 00:41:00 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: ++++++++ database exists: ret = 0 Oct 31 00:41:00 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === mc_db_init ...Done. Oct 31 00:41:01 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: mcUtilsInit() Creating free queue pool Oct 31 00:41:02 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === mcUtilsInit() Done. Oct 31 00:41:02 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === inotify init done. Oct 31 00:41:02 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: mc_trans_updater_init() ... Oct 31 00:41:02 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === mc_trans_updater_init() ...Done. Oct 31 00:41:02 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === Walking directory done. Oct 31 00:41:14 shmotashNAS daemon.info init: Starting pid 4101, console /dev/null: '/bin/touch' Oct 31 00:41:14 shmotashNAS daemon.info init: Starting pid 4102, console /dev/ttyS0: '/sbin/getty' Oct 31 00:41:15 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3464]: System Startup - System startup. Oct 31 00:41:47 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3464]: Media Server - Media Server cannot find the path to one or more of the default folders: /Public/Shared Music, /Public/Shared Pictures or /Public/Shared Videos. Please verify that these folders have not been removed or that the names have not been changed. Oct 31 01:13:19 shmotashNAS daemon.info init: Starting pid 5385, console /dev/null: '/usr/bin/killall' Oct 31 01:13:19 shmotashNAS syslog.info System log daemon exiting. Nov 1 13:26:25 shmotashNAS syslog.info syslogd started: BusyBox v1.1.1 Nov 1 13:26:32 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3471]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is up 100 Mbps full duplex. Nov 1 13:26:32 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3471]: Network IP Address - NIC 1 use static IP address 192.168.1.102 Nov 1 13:26:38 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: +++++++++++++++ START OF ./miocrawler at 2013:11:01 - 13:26:38 [Version 01.09.00.96] ++++++++++++++ Nov 1 13:26:38 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: mc_db_init ... Nov 1 13:26:38 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: ++++++++ database exists: ret = 0 Nov 1 13:26:39 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === mc_db_init ...Done. Nov 1 13:26:39 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: mcUtilsInit() Creating free queue pool Nov 1 13:26:40 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === mcUtilsInit() Done. Nov 1 13:26:40 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === inotify init done. Nov 1 13:26:40 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: mc_trans_updater_init() ... Nov 1 13:26:40 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === mc_trans_updater_init() ...Done. Nov 1 13:26:40 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === Walking directory done. Nov 1 13:26:52 shmotashNAS daemon.info init: Starting pid 4078, console /dev/null: '/bin/touch' Nov 1 13:26:52 shmotashNAS daemon.info init: Starting pid 4079, console /dev/ttyS0: '/sbin/getty' Nov 1 13:26:52 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3471]: System Startup - System startup. Nov 1 13:27:28 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3471]: Media Server - Media Server cannot find the path to one or more of the default folders: /Public/Shared Music, /Public/Shared Pictures or /Public/Shared Videos. Please verify that these folders have not been removed or that the names have not been changed. Nov 1 13:44:48 shmotashNAS auth.info sshd[5375]: Accepted password for root from 192.168.1.103 port 50217 ssh2 Nov 1 13:51:08 shmotashNAS auth.info sshd[5894]: Accepted password for root from 192.168.1.103 port 50380 ssh2

    Read the article

  • iPhone SDK vs Windows Phone 7 Series SDK Challenge, Part 1: Hello World!

    In this series, I will be taking sample applications from the iPhone SDK and implementing them on Windows Phone 7 Series.  My goal is to do as much of an apples-to-apples comparison as I can.  This series will be written to not only compare and contrast how easy or difficult it is to complete tasks on either platform, how many lines of code, etc., but Id also like it to be a way for iPhone developers to either get started on Windows Phone 7 Series development, or for developers in general to learn the platform. Heres my methodology: Run the iPhone SDK app in the iPhone Simulator to get a feel for what it does and how it works, without looking at the implementation Implement the equivalent functionality on Windows Phone 7 Series using Silverlight. Compare the two implementations based on complexity, functionality, lines of code, number of files, etc. Add some functionality to the Windows Phone 7 Series app that shows off a way to make the scenario more interesting or leverages an aspect of the platform, or uses a better design pattern to implement the functionality. You can download Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 Express for Windows Phone CTP here, and the Expression Blend 4 Beta here. Hello World! Of course no first post would be allowed if it didnt focus on the hello world scenario.  The iPhone SDK follows that tradition with the Your First iPhone Application walkthrough.  I will say that the developer documentation for iPhone is pretty good.  There are plenty of walkthoughs and they break things down into nicely sized steps and do a good job of bringing the user along.  As expected, this application is quite simple.  It comprises of a text box, a label, and a button.  When you push the button, the label changes to Hello plus the  word you typed into the text box.  Makes perfect sense for a starter application.  Theres not much to this but it covers a few basic elements: Laying out basic UI Handling user input Hooking up events Formatting text     So, lets get started building a similar app for Windows Phone 7 Series! Implementing the UI: UI in Silverlight (and therefore Windows Phone 7) is defined in XAML, which is a declarative XML language also used by WPF on the desktop.  For anyone thats familiar with similar types of markup, its relatively straightforward to learn, but has a lot of power in it once you get it figured out.  Well talk more about that. This UI is very simple.  When I look at this, I note a couple of things: Elements are arranged vertically They are all centered So, lets create our Application and then start with the UI.  Once you have the the VS 2010 Express for Windows Phone tool running, create a new Windows Phone Project, and call it Hello World: Once created, youll see the designer on one side and your XAML on the other: Now, we can create our UI in one of three ways: Use the designer in Visual Studio to drag and drop the components Use the designer in Expression Blend 4 to drag and drop the components Enter the XAML by hand in either of the above Well start with (1), then kind of move to (3) just for instructional value. To develop this UI in the designer: First, delete all of the markup between inside of the Grid element (LayoutRoot).  You should be left with just this XAML for your MainPage.xaml (i shortened all the xmlns declarations below for brevity): 1: <phoneNavigation:PhoneApplicationPage 2: x:Class="HelloWorld.MainPage" 3: xmlns="...[snip]" 4: FontFamily="{StaticResource PhoneFontFamilyNormal}" 5: FontSize="{StaticResource PhoneFontSizeNormal}" 6: Foreground="{StaticResource PhoneForegroundBrush}"> 7:   8: <Grid x:Name="LayoutRoot" Background="{StaticResource PhoneBackgroundBrush}"> 9:   10: </Grid> 11:   12: </phoneNavigation:PhoneApplicationPage> .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; }   Well be adding XAML at line 9, so thats the important part. Now, Click on the center area of the phone surface Open the Toolbox and double click StackPanel Double click TextBox Double click TextBlock Double click Button That will create the necessary UI elements but they wont be arranged quite right.  Well fix it in a second.    Heres the XAML that we end up with: 1: <StackPanel Height="100" HorizontalAlignment="Left" Margin="10,10,0,0" Name="stackPanel1" VerticalAlignment="Top" Width="200"> 2: <TextBox Height="32" Name="textBox1" Text="TextBox" Width="100" /> 3: <TextBlock Height="23" Name="textBlock1" Text="TextBlock" /> 4: <Button Content="Button" Height="70" Name="button1" Width="160" /> 5: </StackPanel> .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } The designer does its best at guessing what we want, but in this case we want things to be a bit simpler. So well just clean it up a bit.  We want the items to be centered and we want them to have a little bit of a margin on either side, so heres what we end up with.  Ive also made it match the values and style from the iPhone app: 1: <StackPanel Margin="10"> 2: <TextBox Name="textBox1" HorizontalAlignment="Stretch" Text="You" TextAlignment="Center"/> 3: <TextBlock Name="textBlock1" HorizontalAlignment="Center" Margin="0,100,0,0" Text="Hello You!" /> 4: <Button Name="button1" HorizontalAlignment="Center" Margin="0,150,0,0" Content="Hello"/> 5: </StackPanel> .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } Now lets take a look at what weve done there. Line 1: We removed all of the formatting from the StackPanel, except for Margin, as thats all we need.  Since our parent element is a Grid, by default the StackPanel will be sized to fit in that space.  The Margin says that we want to reserve 10 pixels on each side of the StackPanel. Line 2: Weve set the HorizontalAlignment of the TextBox to Stretch, which says that it should fill its parents size horizontally.  We want to do this so the TextBox is always full-width.  We also set TextAlignment to Center, to center the text. Line 3: In contrast to the TextBox above, we dont care how wide the TextBlock is, just so long as it is big enough for its text.  Thatll happen automatically, so we just set its Horizontal alignment to Center.  We also set a Margin above the TextBlock of 100 pixels to bump it down a bit, per the iPhone UI. Line 4: We do the same things here as in Line 3. Heres how the UI looks in the designer: Believe it or not, were almost done! Implementing the App Logic Now, we want the TextBlock to change its text when the Button is clicked.  In the designer, double click the Button to be taken to the Event Handler for the Buttons Click event.  In that event handler, we take the Text property from the TextBox, and format it into a string, then set it into the TextBlock.  Thats it! 1: private void button1_Click(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) 2: { 3: string name = textBox1.Text; 4:   5: // if there isn't a name set, just use "World" 6: if (String.IsNullOrEmpty(name)) 7: { 8: name = "World"; 9: } 10:   11: // set the value into the TextBlock 12: textBlock1.Text = String.Format("Hello {0}!", name); 13:   14: } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } We use the String.Format() method to handle the formatting for us.    Now all thats left is to test the app in the Windows Phone Emulator and verify it does what we think it does! And it does! Comparing against the iPhone Looking at the iPhone example, there are basically three things that you have to touch as the developer: 1) The UI in the Nib file 2) The app delegate 3) The view controller Counting lines is a bit tricky here, but to try to keep this even, Im going to only count lines of code that I could not have (or would not have) generated with the tooling.  Meaning, Im not counting XAML and Im not counting operations that happen in the Nib file with the XCode designer tool.  So in the case of the above, even though I modified the XAML, I could have done all of those operations using the visual designer tool.  And normally I would have, but the XAML is more instructive (and less steps!).  Im interested in things that I, as the developer have to figure out in code.  Im also not counting lines that just have a curly brace on them, or lines that are generated for me (e.g. method names that are generated for me when I make a connection, etc.) So, by that count, heres what I get from the code listing for the iPhone app found here: HelloWorldAppDelegate.h: 6 HelloWorldAppDelegate.m: 12 MyViewController.h: 8 MyViewController.m: 18 Which gives me a grand total of about 44 lines of code on iPhone.  I really do recommend looking at the iPhone code for a comparison to the above. Now, for the Windows Phone 7 Series application, the only code I typed was in the event handler above Main.Xaml.cs: 4 So a total of 4 lines of code on Windows Phone 7.  And more importantly, the process is just A LOT simpler.  For example, I was surprised that the User Interface Designer in XCode doesnt automatically create instance variables for me and wire them up to the corresponding elements.  I assumed I wouldnt have to write this code myself (and risk getting it wrong!).  I dont need to worry about view controllers or anything.  I just write my code.  This blog post up to this point has covered almost every aspect of this apps development in a few pages.  The iPhone tutorial has 5 top level steps with 2-3 sub sections of each. Now, its worth pointing out that the iPhone development model uses the Model View Controller (MVC) pattern, which is a very flexible and powerful pattern that enforces proper separation of concerns.  But its fairly complex and difficult to understand when you first walk up to it.  Here at Microsoft weve dabbled in MVC a bit, with frameworks like MFC on Visual C++ and with the ASP.NET MVC framework now.  Both are very powerful frameworks.  But one of the reasons weve stayed away from MVC with client UI frameworks is that its difficult to tool.  We havent seen the type of value that beats double click, write code! for the broad set of scenarios. Another thing to think about is how many of those lines of code were focused on my apps functionality?.  Or, the converse of How many lines of code were boilerplate plumbing?  In both examples, the actual number of functional code lines is similar.  I count most of them in MyViewController.m, in the changeGreeting method.  Its about 7 lines of code that do the work of taking the value from the TextBox and putting it into the label.  Versus 4 on the Windows Phone 7 side.  But, unfortunately, on iPhone I still have to write that other 37 lines of code, just to get there. 10% of the code, 1 file instead of 4, its just much simpler. Making Some Tweaks It turns out, I can actually do this application with ZERO  lines of code, if Im willing to change the spec a bit. The data binding functionality in Silverlight is incredibly powerful.  And what I can do is databind the TextBoxs value directly to the TextBlock.  Take some time looking at this XAML below.  Youll see that I have added another nested StackPanel and two more TextBlocks.  Why?  Because thats how I build that string, and the nested StackPanel will lay things out Horizontally for me, as specified by the Orientation property. 1: <StackPanel Margin="10"> 2: <TextBox Name="textBox1" HorizontalAlignment="Stretch" Text="You" TextAlignment="Center"/> 3: <StackPanel Orientation="Horizontal" HorizontalAlignment="Center" Margin="0,100,0,0" > 4: <TextBlock Text="Hello " /> 5: <TextBlock Name="textBlock1" Text="{Binding ElementName=textBox1, Path=Text}" /> 6: <TextBlock Text="!" /> 7: </StackPanel> 8: <Button Name="button1" HorizontalAlignment="Center" Margin="0,150,0,0" Content="Hello" Click="button1_Click" /> 9: </StackPanel> .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } Now, the real action is there in the bolded TextBlock.Text property: Text="{Binding ElementName=textBox1, Path=Text}" .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } That does all the heavy lifting.  It sets up a databinding between the TextBox.Text property on textBox1 and the TextBlock.Text property on textBlock1. As I change the text of the TextBox, the label updates automatically. In fact, I dont even need the button any more, so I could get rid of that altogether.  And no button means no event handler.  No event handler means no C# code at all.  Did you know that DotNetSlackers also publishes .net articles written by top known .net Authors? We already have over 80 articles in several categories including Silverlight. Take a look: here.

    Read the article

  • Diving into OpenStack Network Architecture - Part 2 - Basic Use Cases

    - by Ronen Kofman
      rkofman Normal rkofman 4 138 2014-06-05T03:38:00Z 2014-06-05T05:04:00Z 3 2735 15596 Oracle Corporation 129 36 18295 12.00 Clean Clean false false false false EN-US X-NONE HE /* Style Definitions */ table.MsoNormalTable {mso-style-name:"Table Normal"; mso-tstyle-rowband-size:0; mso-tstyle-colband-size:0; mso-style-noshow:yes; mso-style-priority:99; mso-style-qformat:yes; mso-style-parent:""; mso-padding-alt:0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt; mso-para-margin-top:0in; mso-para-margin-right:0in; mso-para-margin-bottom:10.0pt; mso-para-margin-left:0in; line-height:115%; mso-pagination:widow-orphan; font-size:11.0pt; font-family:"Calibri","sans-serif"; mso-ascii-font-family:Calibri; mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin; mso-hansi-font-family:Calibri; mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family:Arial; mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-bidi; mso-bidi-language:AR-SA;} In the previous post we reviewed several network components including Open vSwitch, Network Namespaces, Linux Bridges and veth pairs. In this post we will take three simple use cases and see how those basic components come together to create a complete SDN solution in OpenStack. With those three use cases we will review almost the entire network setup and see how all the pieces work together. The use cases we will use are: 1.       Create network – what happens when we create network and how can we create multiple isolated networks 2.       Launch a VM – once we have networks we can launch VMs and connect them to networks. 3.       DHCP request from a VM – OpenStack can automatically assign IP addresses to VMs. This is done through local DHCP service controlled by OpenStack Neutron. We will see how this service runs and how does a DHCP request and response look like. In this post we will show connectivity, we will see how packets get from point A to point B. We first focus on how a configured deployment looks like and only later we will discuss how and when the configuration is created. Personally I found it very valuable to see the actual interfaces and how they connect to each other through examples and hands on experiments. After the end game is clear and we know how the connectivity works, in a later post, we will take a step back and explain how Neutron configures the components to be able to provide such connectivity.  We are going to get pretty technical shortly and I recommend trying these examples on your own deployment or using the Oracle OpenStack Tech Preview. Understanding these three use cases thoroughly and how to look at them will be very helpful when trying to debug a deployment in case something does not work. Use case #1: Create Network Create network is a simple operation it can be performed from the GUI or command line. When we create a network in OpenStack the network is only available to the tenant who created it or it could be defined as “shared” and then it can be used by all tenants. A network can have multiple subnets but for this demonstration purpose and for simplicity we will assume that each network has exactly one subnet. Creating a network from the command line will look like this: # neutron net-create net1 Created a new network: +---------------------------+--------------------------------------+ | Field                     | Value                                | +---------------------------+--------------------------------------+ | admin_state_up            | True                                 | | id                        | 5f833617-6179-4797-b7c0-7d420d84040c | | name                      | net1                                 | | provider:network_type     | vlan                                 | | provider:physical_network | default                              | | provider:segmentation_id  | 1000                                 | | shared                    | False                                | | status                    | ACTIVE                               | | subnets                   |                                      | | tenant_id                 | 9796e5145ee546508939cd49ad59d51f     | +---------------------------+--------------------------------------+ Creating a subnet for this network will look like this: # neutron subnet-create net1 10.10.10.0/24 Created a new subnet: +------------------+------------------------------------------------+ | Field            | Value                                          | +------------------+------------------------------------------------+ | allocation_pools | {"start": "10.10.10.2", "end": "10.10.10.254"} | | cidr             | 10.10.10.0/24                                  | | dns_nameservers  |                                                | | enable_dhcp      | True                                           | | gateway_ip       | 10.10.10.1                                     | | host_routes      |                                                | | id               | 2d7a0a58-0674-439a-ad23-d6471aaae9bc           | | ip_version       | 4                                              | | name             |                                                | | network_id       | 5f833617-6179-4797-b7c0-7d420d84040c           | | tenant_id        | 9796e5145ee546508939cd49ad59d51f               | +------------------+------------------------------------------------+ We now have a network and a subnet, on the network topology view this looks like this: Now let’s dive in and see what happened under the hood. Looking at the control node we will discover that a new namespace was created: # ip netns list qdhcp-5f833617-6179-4797-b7c0-7d420d84040c   The name of the namespace is qdhcp-<network id> (see above), let’s look into the namespace and see what’s in it: # ip netns exec qdhcp-5f833617-6179-4797-b7c0-7d420d84040c ip addr 1: lo: <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 65536 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN     link/loopback 00:00:00:00:00:00 brd 00:00:00:00:00:00     inet 127.0.0.1/8 scope host lo     inet6 ::1/128 scope host        valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever 12: tap26c9b807-7c: <BROADCAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN     link/ether fa:16:3e:1d:5c:81 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff     inet 10.10.10.3/24 brd 10.10.10.255 scope global tap26c9b807-7c     inet6 fe80::f816:3eff:fe1d:5c81/64 scope link        valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever   We see two interfaces in the namespace, one is the loopback and the other one is an interface called “tap26c9b807-7c”. This interface has the IP address of 10.10.10.3 and it will also serve dhcp requests in a way we will see later. Let’s trace the connectivity of the “tap26c9b807-7c” interface from the namespace.  First stop is OVS, we see that the interface connects to bridge  “br-int” on OVS: # ovs-vsctl show 8a069c7c-ea05-4375-93e2-b9fc9e4b3ca1     Bridge "br-eth2"         Port "br-eth2"             Interface "br-eth2"                 type: internal         Port "eth2"             Interface "eth2"         Port "phy-br-eth2"             Interface "phy-br-eth2"     Bridge br-ex         Port br-ex             Interface br-ex                 type: internal     Bridge br-int         Port "int-br-eth2"             Interface "int-br-eth2"         Port "tap26c9b807-7c"             tag: 1             Interface "tap26c9b807-7c"                 type: internal         Port br-int             Interface br-int                 type: internal     ovs_version: "1.11.0"   In the picture above we have a veth pair which has two ends called “int-br-eth2” and "phy-br-eth2", this veth pair is used to connect two bridge in OVS "br-eth2" and "br-int". In the previous post we explained how to check the veth connectivity using the ethtool command. It shows that the two are indeed a pair: # ethtool -S int-br-eth2 NIC statistics:      peer_ifindex: 10 . .   #ip link . . 10: phy-br-eth2: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP qlen 1000 . . Note that “phy-br-eth2” is connected to a bridge called "br-eth2" and one of this bridge's interfaces is the physical link eth2. This means that the network which we have just created has created a namespace which is connected to the physical interface eth2. eth2 is the “VM network” the physical interface where all the virtual machines connect to where all the VMs are connected. About network isolation: OpenStack supports creation of multiple isolated networks and can use several mechanisms to isolate the networks from one another. The isolation mechanism can be VLANs, VxLANs or GRE tunnels, this is configured as part of the initial setup in our deployment we use VLANs. When using VLAN tagging as an isolation mechanism a VLAN tag is allocated by Neutron from a pre-defined VLAN tags pool and assigned to the newly created network. By provisioning VLAN tags to the networks Neutron allows creation of multiple isolated networks on the same physical link.  The big difference between this and other platforms is that the user does not have to deal with allocating and managing VLANs to networks. The VLAN allocation and provisioning is handled by Neutron which keeps track of the VLAN tags, and responsible for allocating and reclaiming VLAN tags. In the example above net1 has the VLAN tag 1000, this means that whenever a VM is created and connected to this network the packets from that VM will have to be tagged with VLAN tag 1000 to go on this particular network. This is true for namespace as well, if we would like to connect a namespace to a particular network we have to make sure that the packets to and from the namespace are correctly tagged when they reach the VM network. In the example above we see that the namespace interface “tap26c9b807-7c” has vlan tag 1 assigned to it, if we examine OVS we see that it has flows which modify VLAN tag 1 to VLAN tag 1000 when a packet goes to the VM network on eth2 and vice versa. We can see this using the dump-flows command on OVS for packets going to the VM network we see the modification done on br-eth2: #  ovs-ofctl dump-flows br-eth2 NXST_FLOW reply (xid=0x4):  cookie=0x0, duration=18669.401s, table=0, n_packets=857, n_bytes=163350, idle_age=25, priority=4,in_port=2,dl_vlan=1 actions=mod_vlan_vid:1000,NORMAL  cookie=0x0, duration=165108.226s, table=0, n_packets=14, n_bytes=1000, idle_age=5343, hard_age=65534, priority=2,in_port=2 actions=drop  cookie=0x0, duration=165109.813s, table=0, n_packets=1671, n_bytes=213304, idle_age=25, hard_age=65534, priority=1 actions=NORMAL   For packets coming from the interface to the namespace we see the following modification: #  ovs-ofctl dump-flows br-int NXST_FLOW reply (xid=0x4):  cookie=0x0, duration=18690.876s, table=0, n_packets=1610, n_bytes=210752, idle_age=1, priority=3,in_port=1,dl_vlan=1000 actions=mod_vlan_vid:1,NORMAL  cookie=0x0, duration=165130.01s, table=0, n_packets=75, n_bytes=3686, idle_age=4212, hard_age=65534, priority=2,in_port=1 actions=drop  cookie=0x0, duration=165131.96s, table=0, n_packets=863, n_bytes=160727, idle_age=1, hard_age=65534, priority=1 actions=NORMAL   To summarize we can see that when a user creates a network Neutron creates a namespace and this namespace is connected through OVS to the “VM network”. OVS also takes care of tagging the packets from the namespace to the VM network with the correct VLAN tag and knows to modify the VLAN for packets coming from VM network to the namespace. Now let’s see what happens when a VM is launched and how it is connected to the “VM network”. Use case #2: Launch a VM Launching a VM can be done from Horizon or from the command line this is how we do it from Horizon: Attach the network: And Launch Once the virtual machine is up and running we can see the associated IP using the nova list command : # nova list +--------------------------------------+--------------+--------+------------+-------------+-----------------+ | ID                                   | Name         | Status | Task State | Power State | Networks        | +--------------------------------------+--------------+--------+------------+-------------+-----------------+ | 3707ac87-4f5d-4349-b7ed-3a673f55e5e1 | Oracle Linux | ACTIVE | None       | Running     | net1=10.10.10.2 | +--------------------------------------+--------------+--------+------------+-------------+-----------------+ The nova list command shows us that the VM is running and that the IP 10.10.10.2 is assigned to this VM. Let’s trace the connectivity from the VM to VM network on eth2 starting with the VM definition file. The configuration files of the VM including the virtual disk(s), in case of ephemeral storage, are stored on the compute node at/var/lib/nova/instances/<instance-id>/. Looking into the VM definition file ,libvirt.xml,  we see that the VM is connected to an interface called “tap53903a95-82” which is connected to a Linux bridge called “qbr53903a95-82”: <interface type="bridge">       <mac address="fa:16:3e:fe:c7:87"/>       <source bridge="qbr53903a95-82"/>       <target dev="tap53903a95-82"/>     </interface>   Looking at the bridge using the brctl show command we see this: # brctl show bridge name     bridge id               STP enabled     interfaces qbr53903a95-82          8000.7e7f3282b836       no              qvb53903a95-82                                                         tap53903a95-82    The bridge has two interfaces, one connected to the VM (“tap53903a95-82 “) and another one ( “qvb53903a95-82”) connected to “br-int” bridge on OVS: # ovs-vsctl show 83c42f80-77e9-46c8-8560-7697d76de51c     Bridge "br-eth2"         Port "br-eth2"             Interface "br-eth2"                 type: internal         Port "eth2"             Interface "eth2"         Port "phy-br-eth2"             Interface "phy-br-eth2"     Bridge br-int         Port br-int             Interface br-int                 type: internal         Port "int-br-eth2"             Interface "int-br-eth2"         Port "qvo53903a95-82"             tag: 3             Interface "qvo53903a95-82"     ovs_version: "1.11.0"   As we showed earlier “br-int” is connected to “br-eth2” on OVS using the veth pair int-br-eth2,phy-br-eth2 and br-eth2 is connected to the physical interface eth2. The whole flow end to end looks like this: VM è tap53903a95-82 (virtual interface)è qbr53903a95-82 (Linux bridge) è qvb53903a95-82 (interface connected from Linux bridge to OVS bridge br-int) è int-br-eth2 (veth one end) è phy-br-eth2 (veth the other end) è eth2 physical interface. The purpose of the Linux Bridge connecting to the VM is to allow security group enforcement with iptables. Security groups are enforced at the edge point which are the interface of the VM, since iptables nnot be applied to OVS bridges we use Linux bridge to apply them. In the future we hope to see this Linux Bridge going away rules.  VLAN tags: As we discussed in the first use case net1 is using VLAN tag 1000, looking at OVS above we see that qvo41f1ebcf-7c is tagged with VLAN tag 3. The modification from VLAN tag 3 to 1000 as we go to the physical network is done by OVS  as part of the packet flow of br-eth2 in the same way we showed before. To summarize, when a VM is launched it is connected to the VM network through a chain of elements as described here. During the packet from VM to the network and back the VLAN tag is modified. Use case #3: Serving a DHCP request coming from the virtual machine In the previous use cases we have shown that both the namespace called dhcp-<some id> and the VM end up connecting to the physical interface eth2  on their respective nodes, both will tag their packets with VLAN tag 1000.We saw that the namespace has an interface with IP of 10.10.10.3. Since the VM and the namespace are connected to each other and have interfaces on the same subnet they can ping each other, in this picture we see a ping from the VM which was assigned 10.10.10.2 to the namespace: The fact that they are connected and can ping each other can become very handy when something doesn’t work right and we need to isolate the problem. In such case knowing that we should be able to ping from the VM to the namespace and back can be used to trace the disconnect using tcpdump or other monitoring tools. To serve DHCP requests coming from VMs on the network Neutron uses a Linux tool called “dnsmasq”,this is a lightweight DNS and DHCP service you can read more about it here. If we look at the dnsmasq on the control node with the ps command we see this: dnsmasq --no-hosts --no-resolv --strict-order --bind-interfaces --interface=tap26c9b807-7c --except-interface=lo --pid-file=/var/lib/neutron/dhcp/5f833617-6179-4797-b7c0-7d420d84040c/pid --dhcp-hostsfile=/var/lib/neutron/dhcp/5f833617-6179-4797-b7c0-7d420d84040c/host --dhcp-optsfile=/var/lib/neutron/dhcp/5f833617-6179-4797-b7c0-7d420d84040c/opts --leasefile-ro --dhcp-range=tag0,10.10.10.0,static,120s --dhcp-lease-max=256 --conf-file= --domain=openstacklocal The service connects to the tap interface in the namespace (“--interface=tap26c9b807-7c”), If we look at the hosts file we see this: # cat  /var/lib/neutron/dhcp/5f833617-6179-4797-b7c0-7d420d84040c/host fa:16:3e:fe:c7:87,host-10-10-10-2.openstacklocal,10.10.10.2   If you look at the console output above you can see the MAC address fa:16:3e:fe:c7:87 which is the VM MAC. This MAC address is mapped to IP 10.10.10.2 and so when a DHCP request comes with this MAC dnsmasq will return the 10.10.10.2.If we look into the namespace at the time we initiate a DHCP request from the VM (this can be done by simply restarting the network service in the VM) we see the following: # ip netns exec qdhcp-5f833617-6179-4797-b7c0-7d420d84040c tcpdump -n 19:27:12.191280 IP 0.0.0.0.bootpc > 255.255.255.255.bootps: BOOTP/DHCP, Request from fa:16:3e:fe:c7:87, length 310 19:27:12.191666 IP 10.10.10.3.bootps > 10.10.10.2.bootpc: BOOTP/DHCP, Reply, length 325   To summarize, the DHCP service is handled by dnsmasq which is configured by Neutron to listen to the interface in the DHCP namespace. Neutron also configures dnsmasq with the combination of MAC and IP so when a DHCP request comes along it will receive the assigned IP. Summary In this post we relied on the components described in the previous post and saw how network connectivity is achieved using three simple use cases. These use cases gave a good view of the entire network stack and helped understand how an end to end connection is being made between a VM on a compute node and the DHCP namespace on the control node. One conclusion we can draw from what we saw here is that if we launch a VM and it is able to perform a DHCP request and receive a correct IP then there is reason to believe that the network is working as expected. We saw that a packet has to travel through a long list of components before reaching its destination and if it has done so successfully this means that many components are functioning properly. In the next post we will look at some more sophisticated services Neutron supports and see how they work. We will see that while there are some more components involved for the most part the concepts are the same. @RonenKofman

    Read the article

  • Need help with fixing Genetic Algorithm that's not evolving correctly

    - by EnderMB
    I am working on a maze solving application that uses a Genetic Algorithm to evolve a set of genes (within Individuals) to evolve a Population of Individuals that power an Agent through a maze. The majority of the code used appears to be working fine but when the code runs it's not selecting the best Individual's to be in the new Population correctly. When I run the application it outputs the following: Total Fitness: 380.0 - Best Fitness: 11.0 Total Fitness: 406.0 - Best Fitness: 15.0 Total Fitness: 344.0 - Best Fitness: 12.0 Total Fitness: 373.0 - Best Fitness: 11.0 Total Fitness: 415.0 - Best Fitness: 12.0 Total Fitness: 359.0 - Best Fitness: 11.0 Total Fitness: 436.0 - Best Fitness: 13.0 Total Fitness: 390.0 - Best Fitness: 12.0 Total Fitness: 379.0 - Best Fitness: 15.0 Total Fitness: 370.0 - Best Fitness: 11.0 Total Fitness: 361.0 - Best Fitness: 11.0 Total Fitness: 413.0 - Best Fitness: 16.0 As you can clearly see the fitnesses are not improving and neither are the best fitnesses. The main code responsible for this problem is here, and I believe the problem to be within the main method, most likely where the selection methods are called: package GeneticAlgorithm; import GeneticAlgorithm.Individual.Action; import Robot.Robot.Direction; import Maze.Maze; import Robot.Robot; import java.util.ArrayList; import java.util.Random; public class RunGA { protected static ArrayList tmp1, tmp2 = new ArrayList(); // Implementation of Elitism protected static int ELITISM_K = 5; // Population size protected static int POPULATION_SIZE = 50 + ELITISM_K; // Max number of Iterations protected static int MAX_ITERATIONS = 200; // Probability of Mutation protected static double MUTATION_PROB = 0.05; // Probability of Crossover protected static double CROSSOVER_PROB = 0.7; // Instantiate Random object private static Random rand = new Random(); // Instantiate Population of Individuals private Individual[] startPopulation; // Total Fitness of Population private double totalFitness; Robot robot = new Robot(); Maze maze; public void setElitism(int result) { ELITISM_K = result; } public void setPopSize(int result) { POPULATION_SIZE = result + ELITISM_K; } public void setMaxIt(int result) { MAX_ITERATIONS = result; } public void setMutProb(double result) { MUTATION_PROB = result; } public void setCrossoverProb(double result) { CROSSOVER_PROB = result; } /** * Constructor for Population */ public RunGA(Maze maze) { // Create a population of population plus elitism startPopulation = new Individual[POPULATION_SIZE]; // For every individual in population fill with x genes from 0 to 1 for (int i = 0; i < POPULATION_SIZE; i++) { startPopulation[i] = new Individual(); startPopulation[i].randGenes(); } // Evaluate the current population's fitness this.evaluate(maze, startPopulation); } /** * Set Population * @param newPop */ public void setPopulation(Individual[] newPop) { System.arraycopy(newPop, 0, this.startPopulation, 0, POPULATION_SIZE); } /** * Get Population * @return */ public Individual[] getPopulation() { return this.startPopulation; } /** * Evaluate fitness * @return */ public double evaluate(Maze maze, Individual[] newPop) { this.totalFitness = 0.0; ArrayList<Double> fitnesses = new ArrayList<Double>(); for (int i = 0; i < POPULATION_SIZE; i++) { maze = new Maze(8, 8); maze.fillMaze(); fitnesses.add(startPopulation[i].evaluate(maze, newPop)); //this.totalFitness += startPopulation[i].evaluate(maze, newPop); } //totalFitness = (Math.round(totalFitness / POPULATION_SIZE)); StringBuilder sb = new StringBuilder(); for(Double tmp : fitnesses) { sb.append(tmp + ", "); totalFitness += tmp; } // Progress of each Individual //System.out.println(sb.toString()); return this.totalFitness; } /** * Roulette Wheel Selection * @return */ public Individual rouletteWheelSelection() { // Calculate sum of all chromosome fitnesses in population - sum S. double randNum = rand.nextDouble() * this.totalFitness; int i; for (i = 0; i < POPULATION_SIZE && randNum > 0; ++i) { randNum -= startPopulation[i].getFitnessValue(); } return startPopulation[i-1]; } /** * Tournament Selection * @return */ public Individual tournamentSelection() { double randNum = rand.nextDouble() * this.totalFitness; // Get random number of population (add 1 to stop nullpointerexception) int k = rand.nextInt(POPULATION_SIZE) + 1; int i; for (i = 1; i < POPULATION_SIZE && i < k && randNum > 0; ++i) { randNum -= startPopulation[i].getFitnessValue(); } return startPopulation[i-1]; } /** * Finds the best individual * @return */ public Individual findBestIndividual() { int idxMax = 0; double currentMax = 0.0; double currentMin = 1.0; double currentVal; for (int idx = 0; idx < POPULATION_SIZE; ++idx) { currentVal = startPopulation[idx].getFitnessValue(); if (currentMax < currentMin) { currentMax = currentMin = currentVal; idxMax = idx; } if (currentVal > currentMax) { currentMax = currentVal; idxMax = idx; } } // Double check to see if this has the right one //System.out.println(startPopulation[idxMax].getFitnessValue()); // Maximisation return startPopulation[idxMax]; } /** * One Point Crossover * @param firstPerson * @param secondPerson * @return */ public static Individual[] onePointCrossover(Individual firstPerson, Individual secondPerson) { Individual[] newPerson = new Individual[2]; newPerson[0] = new Individual(); newPerson[1] = new Individual(); int size = Individual.SIZE; int randPoint = rand.nextInt(size); int i; for (i = 0; i < randPoint; ++i) { newPerson[0].setGene(i, firstPerson.getGene(i)); newPerson[1].setGene(i, secondPerson.getGene(i)); } for (; i < Individual.SIZE; ++i) { newPerson[0].setGene(i, secondPerson.getGene(i)); newPerson[1].setGene(i, firstPerson.getGene(i)); } return newPerson; } /** * Uniform Crossover * @param firstPerson * @param secondPerson * @return */ public static Individual[] uniformCrossover(Individual firstPerson, Individual secondPerson) { Individual[] newPerson = new Individual[2]; newPerson[0] = new Individual(); newPerson[1] = new Individual(); for(int i = 0; i < Individual.SIZE; ++i) { double r = rand.nextDouble(); if (r > 0.5) { newPerson[0].setGene(i, firstPerson.getGene(i)); newPerson[1].setGene(i, secondPerson.getGene(i)); } else { newPerson[0].setGene(i, secondPerson.getGene(i)); newPerson[1].setGene(i, firstPerson.getGene(i)); } } return newPerson; } public double getTotalFitness() { return totalFitness; } public static void main(String[] args) { // Initialise Environment Maze maze = new Maze(8, 8); maze.fillMaze(); // Instantiate Population //Population pop = new Population(); RunGA pop = new RunGA(maze); // Instantiate Individuals for Population Individual[] newPop = new Individual[POPULATION_SIZE]; // Instantiate two individuals to use for selection Individual[] people = new Individual[2]; Action action = null; Direction direction = null; String result = ""; /*result += "Total Fitness: " + pop.getTotalFitness() + " - Best Fitness: " + pop.findBestIndividual().getFitnessValue();*/ // Print Current Population System.out.println("Total Fitness: " + pop.getTotalFitness() + " - Best Fitness: " + pop.findBestIndividual().getFitnessValue()); // Instantiate counter for selection int count; for (int i = 0; i < MAX_ITERATIONS; i++) { count = 0; // Elitism for (int j = 0; j < ELITISM_K; ++j) { // This one has the best fitness newPop[count] = pop.findBestIndividual(); count++; } // Build New Population (Population size = Steps (28)) while (count < POPULATION_SIZE) { // Roulette Wheel Selection people[0] = pop.rouletteWheelSelection(); people[1] = pop.rouletteWheelSelection(); // Tournament Selection //people[0] = pop.tournamentSelection(); //people[1] = pop.tournamentSelection(); // Crossover if (rand.nextDouble() < CROSSOVER_PROB) { // One Point Crossover //people = onePointCrossover(people[0], people[1]); // Uniform Crossover people = uniformCrossover(people[0], people[1]); } // Mutation if (rand.nextDouble() < MUTATION_PROB) { people[0].mutate(); } if (rand.nextDouble() < MUTATION_PROB) { people[1].mutate(); } // Add to New Population newPop[count] = people[0]; newPop[count+1] = people[1]; count += 2; } // Make new population the current population pop.setPopulation(newPop); // Re-evaluate the current population //pop.evaluate(); pop.evaluate(maze, newPop); // Print results to screen System.out.println("Total Fitness: " + pop.totalFitness + " - Best Fitness: " + pop.findBestIndividual().getFitnessValue()); //result += "\nTotal Fitness: " + pop.totalFitness + " - Best Fitness: " + pop.findBestIndividual().getFitnessValue(); } // Best Individual Individual bestIndiv = pop.findBestIndividual(); //return result; } } I have uploaded the full project to RapidShare if you require the extra files, although if needed I can add the code to them here. This problem has been depressing me for days now and if you guys can help me I will forever be in your debt.

    Read the article

< Previous Page | 239 240 241 242 243 244  | Next Page >